“What is done by what is called myself is, I feel, done by something greater than myself in me.” ~James Clerk Maxwell, physicist, on his deathbed in 1879

———-

Can you comment on the research that has established that the appropriate area of the brain “lights up”, is in action, between 0.5 and 2.0 seconds before the picture is shown that elicits that reaction?

See also Norretranders/Libet 

First let us set out the factors that need to be taken into account in order to consider the phenomena of which you speak. First of all the brain is a physical instrument created for the purpose of receiving and analysing information received from physical senses although it has the other attribute in that it can receive information from a non-physical source. Secondly the brain processes you might say knowledge, programming, but the brain is immersed in a world of time so that anything that is actioned, segmented, analysed, whatever, is done within the framework of reference of a time based system.

As we spoke last night, the restricted consciousness that exists, is focused, within the world of time, co-exists, melds, is merged, is part of the brain and neurological systems. The consciousness that is termed as non-physical does not exist in a time based system and therefore can go backwards and forwards in what you would call time because everything exists that can be focused upon. Now, for example, you have many examples of pre-cognitive visions and knowledge that have been published over the ages. The one that you use most is that of Air Vice Marshal Sir Victor Goddard and the airfield. (Google Sir Victor Goddard for the full account) It is clear that future environments, future events can be “seen” and most people will give the nod to this that somehow the future can be seen. By the way, so can the past, without it actually being memory, because where there is no time, past, present, future are all the same. (Google time slips)

Now, when it comes to how does the consciousness that is in the non-physical relate to the constricted consciousness that is focused in the physical, because the non-physical is not in the world of time it can see the pictures that are coming up on the computer screen regardless, but, you may say, the random number generator hasn’t chosen it yet, but of course it has, because that is the future.  It is viewing the computer screen as it exists at a future moment in time. (Google precognition research)

The “part” of your consciousness that exists in no time can see events that exist ahead in time. So, in which case, because you have the connection between the two linked “parts”, the two focuses of the particular consciousness, then the non-physical consciousness, which after all, is guiding, controlling, is influencing, from a light touch on the tiller to total control of the constricted consciousness, because it has already viewed what is coming up it can’t help but transmit that information to the physical brain as the connection exists all the time. So the physical brain lights up ahead of the constricted consciousness seeing the picture and this creates the question in the minds of the researchers. “What caused the brain to light up, when there was no conscious awareness of what is going on?” When all previous concepts had said that the decision comes before the action yet here we are faced with the action coming before the decision. Not only that, the action was coming before there was even an awareness that a decision was to be made i. e. the computer had not yet chosen the picture to be shown that would elicit the response that would be expected to light up the appropriate part of the brain. (Google Norretranders, Libet)

Can you see that for the one that resides in the world of no time it is easy to see what is coming up? As the intensity builds up, we have covered this before, it reaches a point where we know it will manifest in the physical but that will be ahead of the (physical) consciousness being aware of that manifestation.

If you look at out-of-body and near death experiences you will find a parallel and see that the senses you think are confined to the physical body, are in fact also able to function independently. You will realise that some part of your consciousness is not spatially restricted and can bring back irrefutable evidence of having been fully aware of events from a location other than that of the physical body.

So, with the two things, the precognition, the out-of-body, it is quite easy to see how the action in the brain precedes the decision by the awareness of the physical instrument.

We have not discussed that you and your higher self are one and the same. In one or more of our previous discussions we have slipped in the phrase “you are always there anyway” and another phrase “life is continuous”. So let us talk about the fact that while one portion of your total consciousness is focused into the physical we haven’t talked about the fact that the rest of your consciousness is focused where?

We have mentioned the fact that you are living many lives and so you have several focuses and we have mentioned the fact many times that this world you are focused in is a co-created world. Co-created with your fellow higher consciousnesses which upon a moment’s reflection you will agree must be the case so that you can manipulate your puppets with seamless coordination. Now, just reflect upon the foregoing words and you will come to the inevitable conclusion that your higher consciousnesses are always in communication. They are living a life in much the same way as you in your restricted consciousness, stretched consciousness, puppet form are living your life. Now when you move back over we also stated that you and your higher consciousness immediately become one again if you already haven’t woken up to that fact whilst in the physical, but that is an aside because of David.

Now as you all have been in continuous lives in what you might say are parallel dimensions because look at where all the stretched pieces (referring to a previous analogy whereby you imagine your total consciousness stretched out with one end focused in the physical and the other focused in say your home base) shall we say, all the puppets, the dimension they are in and look at the veil, the black cloth, the curtain that separates the puppets from the higher consciousness. Look at the thoughts and actions that are being performed by both, let’s say, thoughts. The actions performed by the puppet are indeed occasioned by the thoughts being thought by the higher consciousness, which of course are immediately reflected in the actions of the puppet. But you will see that these lives are parallel. The lives of the puppets and the lives of the controlling consciousnesses are in parallel which is why the concept of parallel universes holds some water although it is doubtful that this line of reasoning has been followed to conceive that concept. But truth, the word, we find to be somewhat morphic in that it can morph from one thing to another as consciousness expands, but truth will out in one form or another or many maybe.

You have, are and will, while you consort with the same groups of consciousness of course, always be together, and so as you move back over it will seem as if no time has passed because you have been with each other all the time. Can you understand this? You are just as much with your loved ones now as you ever were, simply on another level. It is just that one of your group has withdrawn his focus, withdrawn his puppet from the parallel universe that you consider that you are inhabiting. So when you move over you will not just be met again, you will also quickly remember that you never actually left in the first place. And so our talks about updates in various lives were to enable you to make the mental transition to understand how “yes, I can see that I would already know everything”. Once being able to accept that fact, you can now possibly accept the fact that the reason you haven’t missed a thing is because you’ve always been there!

So, you live many lives at once, in all dimensions, and life is continuous in all dimensions, so as someone in the Ecclesiastical side said on your plane many, many moons ago, “it is just like stepping from one room to another.” You will not even realise that anything has changed once you turn your gaze from the physical to that of the, what you consider to be, your total consciousness.

You were talking about the higher self being in parallel with the physical body. The physical body is made up of myriad consciousnesses so how does that work for the higher self which is in parallel?

Are you assuming that the higher self is responsible for the consciousnesses that have chosen to be a part of maintaining the instrument whilst also in return being able to experience the activities of the instrument?

Yes, really.

Why should the higher self, which is a group of consciousness which has conspired together, you may say, to create the form that you consider to be the physical body and the material conception that you have overlaid upon the physical body and many of you now perceive it only to be, what you might call, a trick of the light… you are thinking once more from a separatist point of view that there be a body consciousness and a higher consciousness. As we have said before, it is all part of one consciousness. So imagine your stretched consciousness, this is not a good analogy but let us start from here. Imagine your stretched consciousness putting out a tentacle into the physical and using it to form an instrument, and then by, let us say, radiating, reflecting light into the physical and then when it lets the tentacle slowly, for your purposes, return to the total of the group consciousness, the light slowly diminishes and therefore the body, if you care to speed the process up, disappears in front of your eyes. Would you agree with that analogy?

Yes.

So, the consciousness makes up the physical body and also subscribes to the idea of the implant of the event that is that life. Now, consciousnesses join and leave the group idea, the idea of Joe Public, all the time. Those that wanted to experience the “job” of being a heart valve, or part of the heart valve operation, if they feel they have gained enough experience they may go off and hitch their star to another idea, if they haven’t they will find another heart valve idea to be a part of. So the idea of a life is a combination, depending on which end you start from of course. But, if you start with the general idea of a life, then you have to say “what do we need to make this a reality”? All the plans, sub-plans and materials, job descriptions, have to be scheduled and volunteers for all those jobs are sought, shall we say, but in general as soon as the job vacancy is announced there are more applicants than you need. Is this structure starting to make sense for you in the way that you would be able to see the same operation being performed in the physical?

I think so.

So, what happens to them all? They all, switch their focus. Some take more time to switch their focus than others. Would it not spoil the plot somewhat if the body just disappeared into thin air. What would it be like if people just suddenly disappeared? Would you consider they had died, because there was nothing there? There was a living person there one minute and nothing there the next. What would you speculate? Where have they gone? But if you have the body die then it is generally accepted, “Ah well, that person has stopped living, we had better dispose of this piece of material because it is beginning to smell a little”. Some think, “well, whatever activated this body, I wonder if that has died too, or has it continued on somewhere?”

You can have a nice little debate and discussion about the possibilities but you can understand why the body doesn’t suddenly go “poof”? It would spoil the whole structure, let us say, of the opera.

As much as you think that this is all illusion please remember that the consciousnesses involved in the experience of the “I” are indeed learning even if you feel that you are only operating an instrument. You are operating an instrument in interaction with many, many others and so you learn from your operation. You may learn, you might say, in a second-hand fashion but do you think it is second-hand when you spur the instrument to say certain words and the response is something you had not expected. You may think we know ahead of everything but that would rather spoil the whole game wouldn’t it, as we have pointed out before. So yes, we agree to what we are going to do but ad-libbing, you might call it, is really the object of the game so that we can try out one action and see the reaction from the other parties. Now, everybody involved in the game is fully aware of what is going on and, whether you like it or not, is actually quite agreeable with regard to relations between all the, we use the word, puppeteers. It may not be the word that most would like but it really does sum it up but remember, that your puppet is your puppet, it is not inanimate. You may as well call it your puppy, your child, you have a complete bond. How do you feel when your child is, let us say, under threat from another? You feel protective, you feel loving, you feel that you must come to the rescue and you hold them to yourself as if they were your own. Well that is a (the) relationship between, what you might call, your entity, your higher self, all the usual names, and yourself.

We refer back to the stretched consciousness, it is one and the same. So although we say, puppet, it is as if you put your hand through a hole in the wall but you can see above the wall and all you do is interact with the other hands that are in a similar position. Now do you still feel that the hand is part of you? Of course you do. And so it is with what you call the “I”. The “I” is not dispensed with, it is an integral part of the whole and will remain so. All “I”’s that you create remain a part of the whole, they cannot be set adrift. It is akin to deliberately cutting off your own hand.So although the composition of the “gestalts” (the group of consciousnesses that are focused on and through an instrument/ puppet) that comprise all the groupings that we referred to does change somewhat, we refer you back again to the die-hards (the concept of group souls?)  that like who they are, like what they created and move from one focus to another. Of course they gain friends and lose friends as they go along wherever they focus and as new friends come in, then the actions are changed somewhat as you wish to accommodate the new friends and they wish to accommodate you and the consensus direction, purpose, focus is reached.

All in all you are forever in a relative harmony with whatever you engage upon. So without having to examine this down to the last entrail just take it that one looks after one’s own.

Well, something that we were speaking about over dinner. If it is the same above as below how does that work with all the horrendous things that go on in the physical?

Didn’t you also discuss that the consciousnesses that form the reality in which you dwell, themselves are formed of those with differing inclinations as to what is excitement for them? So when it comes to a matter of degree, where do you draw the line between boxing and wrestling and various other somewhat brutal games and other life threatening activities and using deadly instruments upon each other? How much does a rifle differ from a fist used in anger?

Surely you are not saying that the higher consciousness that is leading many lives at any one point in time would be leading all those types of lives, so therefore where does the as above, so below come in? Surely they are leading lots of different lives? Am I getting muddled up?

You don’t understand what you are saying. Each consciousness can lead several, or many, many, many different lives, some good (we have to use your words here) in your opinion, some bad in your opinion, but in each case it knows that, this is not for real. This is purely an act. As we said before, there are actors who do a good death. People say “that was so realistic when he gets shot”. So, if you know that your particular puppet is just going to be withdrawn, shall we say, then you as the producer of that particular puppet may take pride in manipulating that puppet to show a really good death, so would you volunteer for the job?

Yes.

It is very difficult to move your understanding from a play where the image in your mind is a stage and an audience to that of say, a battlefield where people who do not want to be eliminated are, regardless.

I can fully understand that. What I find difficult to understand is that the consciousness not in the physical is leading many lives and how they can all be as above so below? Because to me the belows are all different so therefore how can the above be the same?

Why shouldn’t the above be all different? This is not the only reality. There are many realities you can experience…For example, most of this appears to work around, what you would call, the nastier aspects of human life?

No, forget the nastier aspects, just as above so below. That’s all I’m querying.

So we are saying that, take everything you see in the physical. That has to have been formed by the non-physical. So what is in the physical cannot be any different except that it has been expressed. So thought and intention exist in the non-physical, expression exists in the physical. Now would not you say that is as above so below, seeing that the physical cannot be produced except by the intent of the non-physical? What is your query here, what does not make sense to you?

I suppose I was imagining lots of different consciousnesses in the non-physical each producing X number of lives in the physical and I couldn’t see how that related back to the as above so below but if you just mean that everything on the physical is replicated in the non-physical…

It is the other way round. Now any consciousness in the non-physical can join the thought stream, you might say, or tune in to the channel of any instrument in the physical that takes its fancy. Are you aware of that?

Yes.

But each instrument is produced by a group consciousness, because that is a precondition, it is a necessity. One consciousness or even a few consciousnesses cannot produce an instrument. You only have to look at the diversity of operations needed to maintain that instrument and the focus of attention needed on each aspect to know that it will require many, many minds working together. But each of those minds can multitask, so it can tune in while it is doing its own job say, if we leave this in the simplistic manner, it can simply have on the television, for want of a better analogy, and watch what is going on in the next door instrument. Do you see a problem with that?

No.

And perhaps your T.V. just like here, has got 200 channels, so you can tune in to this instrument, tune into that instrument. What’s going on here? Nothing much. Oh, look what’s going on over here?  Yes? So nothing is static, it is constantly moving. Forever becoming applies to everything, it does not just apply to a particular instrument or a particular consciousness or a particular viewpoint. Everything is in a constant state of flux. That isn’t chaos, its organised, its intentionally directed. I’ll look at this, I’ll look at that. Run the parallel with your own focus. Just take the time and note how many times your focus changes. Even as your eyes light on various objects as you walk about, do you pick up the doorway to walk through, do you pick up the corners to turn, so you focus, focus, focus, focus. You cannot navigate without continually refocusing. So, if you had the ability just to sit quietly and focus into the image stream being received through the eyes of another instrument or many other instruments then you could say “so and so is at the football game, let’s see what they are seeing”, so and so is meeting so and so else, let me see how they are getting on and what they are saying to each other. Yes?

Yes.

So you, in effect, if you wish to say it this way, can link telepathically all over the place. You might call it hacking into people’s mental activities, but with agreement. If once you just start to sit and muse and think “what does interconnectivity mean”? What are the possibilities here? You can see it from the point of view of the facebook broadcast, everybody receives a message, but what if you could do it the other way? So you broadcast a message and somebody else looks and receives it, they look at it, the information goes into their eyes and their brain decodes the words it sees. But what if you could reverse the process, you could extract the information, or you could get into the central control unit say, in the brain, mind , consciousness, whatever sits best with you, and you would receive the same information stream that the group consciousness is receiving. So you may as well say that you look over, notice the intensity of this group consciousness, there is a lot going on, people are flocking and you join in and say “mind if I take a look”? “Help yourself” comes the reply.

Comment: This is a simple explanation for telepathy, NDE’s where people report sights and sounds in other rooms, out of body experiences and remote viewing, all presumably fuelled by intention or desire. Occam’s razor applied.  You might note that we are seeing this in print for the first time as we type. When we record the sessions the words I speak go in one ear and out the other. We are learning as you are.

With regard to the other question which arises all the time, “why are there so many nasty people”? It is whatever state of mind you wish to be in. As above so below applies here also. Do you understand the state of mind of somebody who wants to brutalise another person to the point of death?

No.

Then why should we? You are receiving the thoughts from the higher consciousness. If the higher consciousness understood, surely, unless it was purely for the benefit of putting on some kind of diabolical play, do you not think that your consciousness would give you some explanation? Mystery doesn’t stop at the earth level.

I would like to ask, how do I speak without understanding the mechanisms?

Relatively simple. You are aware that you walk without consciously moving the muscles and you put this down to the fact that your muscles and the cells within them have learned by repetition how to walk and you have assumed that somehow the brain can instruct all the muscles in turn in some bewilderingly fast series of instructions to move all the particular muscles using all the particular energy production of all the cells that form the muscle fibre to all contract together enabling the muscle to contract and thereby hinge the leg, let us say, and then relax it so that the act of walking is performed. Now indeed there has to be a series of instructions but as yet no one has found the method by which this is performed. You know that by the appropriate stimulus of certain muscles, spasms can be induced and to a certain extent you know that by stimulating various muscles in order a certain motion can be mimicked, shall we say. It looks and acts pretty much like you would be able to do, you would say, consciously, without understanding the term.

Let us shift to the act of speaking and as the same applies to the movement of air through the vocal cords and the shaping of the lips and tongue to form the word then you can see the vast amount of information transmission, orders you might say, that have to be given for each word to be spoken. Now we move back to, let us use your popular term, the implicate order where everything exists and is considered before being explicated, becoming manifest and we refer to our earlier explanation of thought. Now all probabilities are considered by the gestalt of consciousnesses that are interested in the activities of what you term as “you”, your personality, your body. All possible actions are considered and certain ones are chosen at each nanosecond you may say, each moment and then transmitted. Now you are aware from your own scientific examinations of the brain’s enlightenment, shall we say, its perception, that there is obviously a transmission received by the brain before the eyes are aware of perceiving what would cause that particular enlightenment (see Libet and Norretranders) and some accept now that, that order, that transmission is coming from an intelligence, a consciousness that is outside of time, that already knows even before the computer is able to choose,  that will cause, upon perception, that particular area of the brain to be activated.

Now apply that to your sentence construction. Can you do that or shall we go further?

No. I think I am ok with that.

You must, when discussing any of this area of physical embodiment, realise that that part of the group consciousness that is focused in the non-physical observing the part of themselves that are manipulating the physical…. we do not like to use this analogy…. but just think of you standing behind a screen manipulating a puppet on a little stage in front of you or with your hand inside a puppet and see what is happening through your eyes. You do the speaking, the puppet does the speaking. The audience watches the puppet, they don’t watch you even though you are in full view. You don’t actually exist.

Now imagine just the puppet and you behind the black curtain. What is the belief in who is speaking, the puppet? Yet you are watching the reactions of those who are speaking to the puppet. And you understand that the puppet isn’t real. But the puppet can make the audience laugh or cry, they experience the emotion. If you then understand that the audience are also puppets then the operators of the puppets can still feel, can still laugh or cry because of the action of the puppets. But they know that the minute they put the puppets down that the emotion is then able to go away. They may think about it because if it was emotion that was traumatic or even if it was laughter that you wish to remember, it makes you laugh again just on remembering. Even years later you remember it and laugh or remember it and cry. Yet it was still all part of something which you had created.

So in order to understand what is happening in the physical you have to put yourself in the position of the controlling consciousness. And how that controlling consciousness sees what you consider to be real. To go further imagine the puppets using swords. They would slice bits off each other wouldn’t they but you, the puppeteer, would feel nothing except some sadness at the disfiguration of your creation. This sounds rather callous and impersonal but this is the realisation that will come upon you when you return to where you came from.

You had an interesting conversation this afternoon which shows that physical instruments cannot always be relied upon to function at maximum efficiency. Things do go wrong. It is not necessarily planned. People think that everything is planned. Does everything that is planned at your level work out? No it doesn’t. But who is doing the planning? Higher consciousness is doing the planning of course. It is using the instruments, it is experimenting with the instruments, experimenting for the experience. Some things work, most things work and if you look at how things have progressed things are far better organised now than they were in previous ages. Things are being perfected and this experience is becoming more attractive. So more are joining in. It is by no means perfect and we’ll carry on through what you might call the next few thousand years and maybe more as we slowly make the place a lot more enjoyable.

It wouldn’t be any good, would it, if everything was perfect because you would know it was perfect, you would know that there was nothing there that was going to be new, going to be different and it would all get rather boring. If you are sitting there with your puppet you want to keep devising new puppet shows and new activities for your puppets. You want to pit one against the other to see who is best at manipulating their puppets. So you devise games, let us see which one of our puppets can run fastest, let’s bet on these flies crawling up the window, because we don’t know who is going to win. A temporary bit of amusement.

With regard to your Alzheimer’s people you might ask “what has happened to the person that was there”? Nothing has happened to the person that was there. There is still a whole host of consciousnesses interested in being part of the physical. They are still eating, still talking, walking, seeing. They are getting a physical experience.

That’s right.

And they are not worried about anything either. Looked after, meals provided, no real sadness and so some see it as a nice little way to try out a physical experience. So, let’s keep this one going, it’s ticking along quite well, it’s mobile etc. etc. and it hasn’t got any worries so we don’t have to have these fearful thoughts and others coming through. In fact it’s quite blissful. Another reason why these instruments keep going because this is a fairly relaxed way for consciousnesses to experience.

Certainly a different way to look at it.

Are there limits to the information which can be accessed. 25th August 2017

It is apparent that you have more knowledge than you care to divulge regarding the relationship between the physical and non-physical. Are you not allowed to pass certain things on?

It is not a question of not being allowed to divulge the information it is more a question of not being thanked for volunteering further information as those that have decided to focus on the physical experience wish to be kept in ignorance of the non-reality of that focus as they have immersed themselves in their imagination and there is a mutual consensus that this is all there is.  When you focus deeply into a reality and you find yourself on the stage then to you that is your only reality. (If the majority of the gestalt consciousness is of that opinion then it is impossible for said information to be transmitted as it is automatically blocked.)

Now, as we have said before, when you are, let us call it, a puppet master, (suggest when reading this that you remember that puppet master is just a simplified way of describing the gestalt consciousness) then you know full well what is happening in the physical because you are guiding the ropes, shall we say, pushing and pulling to effect action within the physical. But you do have the opportunity to turn around and operate another instrument in another reality, or many realities if you wish, and so you are aware that you are capable of doing so. Of course you find that each reality, when you decide to operate in that reality, takes your full focus.

Let us say that you jump into a racing car and you are moving at high speed on a particular circuit then you leap out and jump into another race car on another circuit, again at high speed, and each time you are in the race with many people. Now, are you fully focusing each time on the race you are in with no thought of the other race and the other race track?

Yes.

Yes, because your continued existence in that race demands your full attention. The same applies. (Some gestalts simply want to enjoy their physical experiences in blissful ignorance much as when reading an exciting book if one is informed of the outcome the continuation of the reading experience loses its aura of mystery and suspense) You are fully focusing, e.g., on the pattern of the cheetah, as we described in a previous session. You are watching for the next pattern and recreating it in your imagination because you have already scanned all the information regarding all the cheetahs that ever were and are. This just comes, you might say, instinctively in that you just put that knowledge to work. You might, as we said, tweak it around a little if you feel that there is something else that can be achieved (the present design can be improved upon)…….

If you are the puppet master of the cheetah does not your action depend on what other puppet masters of other cheetahs are going to do? You could be operating a very peaceful cheetah that is happy to lay in the sun or whatever and another puppet master with a cheetah could come along and attack your cheetah therefore your actions , should that happen, will be different than if that puppet master had not operated their cheetah in that manner.

Wherein arises uncertainty and excitement. (The constantly reiterated reason for creating and experiencing physical reality)

Yes, yes.

The reference we just made was to the actual holding of (in) the imagination your idea of a cheetah, yes?

Yes, right.

And of course you are not holding that in isolation. You are holding that within the environment created for the cheetah to exist in and the cheetah will exist with other animals and other cheetahs, yes?

Yes.

So then your puppet master will take the appropriate action when faced with any event that arises, and that is part of the game, to react to the twists and turns, shall we say, of fate. In the same way the driver in the race is reacting to the twists and turns of the race track. But it still takes his full attention.

Sir Charles Sherrington 1857 – 1952 Neurologist, Nobel Prize winner, President of the Royal Society

“How far is the one mind a collection of quasi-independent perceptual minds integrated physically in large measure by temporal concurrence of experience?”

———-

Simply enough put, there are as many kinds of consciousnesses as there are particles and these are combined in infinite fashions. Your consciousness is not one thing like a flashlight, that you possess. It is instead a literally endless conglomeration of points of consciousness, swarming together to form your validity – stamped, as it were, with your identity.                                                                                                   Seth:- The Nature of the Psyche – Jane Roberts

 

Update 4th May 2017

I spoke the following at the beginning of a session without any previous idea of how the session was going to start as generally the sessions have started with a question from Jean. Around two years later I had the urge to find a book to reread, I lit upon “Conversations with Seth” by Susan M. Watkins, when I reached page 87 I was absolutely astounded to find that the words I had spoken were virtually word for word as spoken by Seth, except that I had omitted some connecting sentences which referred to Seth.  It was as if “someone” was reading the book and using my voice to speak the words.  I was in a quiet passive state with my eyes closed and the following statement was made in a voice somewhat different to the usual in an academic tone but with the assurance of someone who knows their subject. Cryptomnesia? and if so why were the references to Seth omitted?

Just when you think you are starting to understand you are thrown another curve ball!

Each of you in this reality have decided upon emphasising certain characteristics and forgetting others. You have allowed, therefore, certain characteristics to come to the surface and you are aware of them and you use them and you think, these characteristics are myself. The ego is the king with a very precarious crown and you think you are what your ego is. It does not occur to you however that there are literally countless, countless, probable egos within yourself. Numberless activities, abilities, that could come to the forefront of your consciousness to be latched upon and used. You are unaware of these buried selves, these buried abilities, these buried creative functions and combinations and yet in other layers of reality these come to the forefront and you allow these their play and the characteristics that you think of now so securely as your own are buried. But while they are buried, they are not unaware they are in trance, and you can become aware of them. Within that self you know, are countless combinations of selves that you do not admit. In other layers of probable realities these selves have their say and live out their potential. They are sleeping within you in this reality but in those realities you are sleeping within them. The trees that you see outside the window you see simply as trees because you can see them only through the physical viewpoint and yet even these trees have potential abilities and potential combinations of consciousness that you do not perceive and that exist in other probable realities. Within you, for example, and for everyone in the room there is an unlimited amount of what you would call identity. Now, all you do when you have an identity and focus upon it is to grab out of your own bag of potentials a group of potentials, and say these are the ones I would settle upon for now and these I will call my identity and so I will use these and I will ignore anything else. But another portion of the self says “ah ha, these potentials are not used, they are freewheeling” and I will adapt these and these will be those potentials with which I will work. There are no potentials within you that are not being realised and no creative abilities that are not being used.

Now, development is a journey within creativity. You have at your command literally infinite amounts of energy. In your terms, you are, if you prefer, latent gods. You must learn to handle and use this energy. As mentioned earlier this evening, you will create, you cannot help creating any more than you can help breathing, and when you breathe no longer you will still create. You cannot escape your own creations. It is not death any of you have to worry about, it is your own creations and you cannot blame your own creations upon any god or any fact, or any predestination. If you want to speak in terms of god, then from that infinite gestalt you receive the energy to create. But because you have freewill you create what you choose and you learn through experience. If, however, one portion of your personality has not learned from the experience, other portions may well learn. I want you to understand, a few points along the lines of probabilities. First of all as I have said, you are not tied to a neurosis from a past life, but also I wanted you to know, that your present thoughts, feelings and emotions, not only affect you but affect your probable selves and yet no probable self is at the mercy of negative thoughts of yours.

Each consciousness has its own responsibility for those thoughts and emotions. The personality in its entirety includes, therefore, selves of which you are presently unaware. This does nothing to negate the validity and integrity of the self that you know. Divisions are illusions and when you wake up to yourself, to your true self, then you are aware of these other portions of your personality.  Theoretically you are working towards a time when the, you, that you now know, will be aware of the entire personality and accept it as your identity.

The whole personality is not like some super self in which you are lost, in which the identity that you know is gone. You must simply accept the fact, for now, until your experience begins to prove it more and more, that the inner identity is far more than you presently realise and the best way to work towards such realisation is to accept the self that you are now, as you are, to feel the movement of the spontaneous self.

Time is basically meaningless, so the question cannot be answered in the framework in which you asked it. Each personality to its self has continuous consciousness. Its consciousness is continuous and it knows who it is and it experiences no lapses.

END

Is every “personality” therefore just a blending of many forms of expression.

Every singularity is created from a plurality. The one is always created from the many. Physics will show you that all is built up from the smallest by a process of accretion. Each discrete entity is composed of multiple entities, you might say, whatever you care to examine can be broken down into its many parts and therefore it is the sum of its parts.

So do not think that personality is not the same. Why do we cling to the notion that the self, the soul, the higher consciousness etc. is a self-contained discrete entity when all that your senses perceive are composed of multiple entities, particles, if you wish?

Now, when we are speaking we are speaking as a confluence, a coherence of many minds/consciousnesses/whatever you perceive to be the intelligence or intelligences that are forming these words. And we are speaking these words through an organism that is again formed of many, many parts. Vocal cords powered by lungs kept going by the heart that pumps the blood, all of which composed of millions of cells mediated by a brain, composed of millions of cells as well but also comprising millions of neurons, millions per second of electrical charges moving across, what you term, the synapses between neurons.

All is multiple, so when you look at what you consider to be a person, a singular, it is a representation of a multiple. It only has a validity in terms of a multiple representation much as a government expressed as a singularity is representative of millions of people and you might say the president is the personality, or how the country is seen depending on how he presents himself and what he says. Then one [who] views, with no knowledge of the country, believes that he is speaking for his constituents, the word is correct, the constituent parts of the organism.

Now, how you perceive yourself takes on a different aspect when you consider that you do not have a separate, defined self as an inviolable spark of consciousness, you might say. Because we are aware that the instrument is speaking, moving, hearing, feeling the combined impressions of the multiple thoughts that comprise the consciousnesses that are presently focused upon the operation of this instrument, we are in the position of observing the combined thoughts of many as to what should happen next, actually happens. As we are observing we are not aware of the total number of thoughts that are being reflected in what we are observing because as thoughts, you might say,” lock on” in focus, we are not aware of the additional, let us put it this way, we are not aware of the additional in terms of saying, we now have a certain number. We are aware of a slight increase in intensity. If a lot, you might say, tune in, then we are aware of a greater increase in intensity. Just like your own communication channels, depending on the activity being conducted at the time, the focus that is being concentrated upon, thoughts from consciousness then join and leave according to the level of interest and we feel the intensity move up and down.

Now, as to self, there is generally a core of what you might call “die-hard supporters” who attend every game, who are there for every motion, every action and who want to experience every feeling. These are the ones that are attached. They are attached to…… let us say the personality that we are working through becomes attached to personalities that others are working through and therefore certain bonds are formed and certain consciousnesses stay focused upon their particular instrument/personality. This is where the principle, previously propounded by our friend Ludwig, of the many-to many, is more easily explained.

We passed the thought this morning that language, as has been said many times before, has an origin. That origin generally comes from some thinking about what one is trying to express. The word is coined, and if it fits, goes into common parlance. So we look at the word “some..one” . “Some” is a plurality, “one” is a singularity. Why are the two joined? “Some” in “One” maybe. Also In..divi..dual,  now the prefix “in” is used in “intuition”, tuition from within.” Inspiration”, inspiration by spirit. So, “in..divi..dual”, inside again is a “division”?, or”diversity”? Whatever, it means MANY. Then we have “dual”. Does this mean mind and body, as in dualism? The make-up of the word came from somewhere. What was it trying to express? The word is looked upon as a singularity whereas the make-up of the word implies at least two, probably many, and within!

So that is a thought, when you consider the principle, that “All That Is”, is comprised of many.

Now again, as we have said previously, you need not fear about losing your “self”, for the ones that are the “die-hards” we mentioned previously, tend to stick together, you might say, and are accomplished in projecting the personality, as you might expect, and therefore when the instrument is dropped there is no problem in recreating the personality in a different form, a different dimension. You may easily say, an astral body, an etheric body, a..projection of thought… as from a mental body you might say. But a projection of thought whereby thoughts which would come across as sound and vision if you wish, certainly mannerisms etc., speech mannerisms, depiction mannerisms would give an identifying signature enabling another of the same to recognise one interesting concept that one has known before.

So, each will still know the other, which means, ”the many will still know the many”.

Much as the “team” still recognises the other “team”, the government still recognises the other government, you can fill in any blanks to support the same hypothesis.

You consider yourself an individual.

You consider yourself an individual. An individual what? You would say an individual personality in an individual body which is separate from other individual personalities and individual bodies, because I see them apart from me and I cannot see any way in which we are physically joined. Yet upon examination you will admit that you are to a great extent mentally joined because your thoughts that you wish to turn into action, generally will require agreement from others, in order to construct the reality around you and the events in which you partake. Of course you will freely admit that you are inhaling atoms, molecules and larger amounts of consciousness, that you imbibe in one form or another, all of which have been parts of other groups of consciousness but, when it comes to talking about your personality, you find it difficult to believe that, just as your body is composed of myriad units of consciousness expressing themselves as atoms, molecules, parts of cells, cells, organs and ultimately the body, that the personality you think you are is likewise the product of myriad consciousnesses each of which is continually being altered by the experience of the “personalities” it focuses upon. As so many consciousnesses are involved in the operation of your physical body, the intelligence and organisation required is vastly in excess of that intelligence which you would grant yourself.

Now let us assume that what you consider to be yourself, your personality, is likewise composed of myriad units of consciousness, all wishing to view the television channel which is your life, the soap opera of you, all these consciousnesses have turned to your channel, this is an interactive channel and they can simply, by thoughts, decide which way you are going to go. So the mass of consciousness which is involved in your soap opera is reacting to the events within that life, shall we say, we change to the word life, and as each decision point approaches then the balance of thoughts that leans to one particular form of action then determines which action is then taken. In other words it requires a majority. Don’t let us argue about whether it is 51% or 75%, we take this as being the scales and so the majority, and this will have to be weighed with intensity as well, not just a simple majority but the intensity of emotion and feeling as to which action should be taken, will determine the next action. This is happening from moment to moment and as your life takes a turn in another direction then some of those consciousnesses will decide they are no longer interested in this channel and will switch channels to another personality, another life. Now remember this only requires focus, it does not require physical movements and the intake and expelling of atoms. It is merely switching from one channel to another by merely moving ones gaze from left to right. You will leave your involvement in that life and join in the involvement in another life.

Now I hope you are realising by now that you are capable of being involved in many lives at once simply by moving your focus and of course you can follow several lives at once. Some, you will decide, no, I am not going back there for a long, long time, because it simply isn’t doing anything which interests me. It was promising to start with but now it is taking a turn which I do not find appealing. Then in another life you’ll say, I will stay with this one until I get tired of it because in the balance of things it is quite interesting. It shows me a side which is not being shown by the other channels I am involved in.

Now each time you look into a channel, because there is no linear time involved, the whole of the events in that channel, that life, that personalities’ actions are presented to you in entirety, so you do not lose any continuity. You must realise that in simultaneous time, you might as well equate this to enormous speeds of comprehension, in that even though you may not have looked into that focus for what you would consider to be a portion of time, the minute you look, then to coin, to form another analogy, you get an instant update, just as you would on your computer. You are updated instantly. It is as if you have never left that life. You immediately have experienced everything that to your intents and purposes you would have said you had missed, like going to sleep, you would not say you have missed any of your life and yet you have slept for a third of it. Every night you will sleep and yet you will say this is my life and discount those times when you are asleep.

 

Your attention was taken by the recent article on bacteria capturing or eating electrons.

If we go back to what was expressed in our previous discourse that every singularity is composed of multiplicity then you can see that everything is an accretion. So if we take you back to your smallest particle, wave, energetic motion that you know of and then it is obvious that everything is simply a multiplicity of the same.

Is that wave not a singularity?

As far as we know the wave can also show up as a particle but like yourselves we are not aware of the source of the wave.  We do have our own philosophy as you do and our own investigations but perhaps we are not so wedded to the idea of our personality as you are because we understand that whatever we perceive arises from the thoughts of the multiplicity or the multiple. So we do not have the level of attachment and we are confident and happy in the fact that we exist in the light of what we perceive. It is an ever changing state, an ever changing panorama and why worry about who we are when we know we exist. It is more “I exist” and I am happy that I exist, instead of trying to think “Who am I”. We do not worry about the “I”. We can use the term but we know it is pointless to try and stand outside ourselves. It is impossible. How does a mirror see itself? The analogy is not the best but you get the idea.

So back to the subject matter. It is quite logical that as everything is built up from multiplicity then at some level as the smallest waves get together or the smallest particles get together as others join they can be seen to be “eating” Yes?.  As the accretions get larger and larger and the particles, the waves, the energy come and go it gives the impression of fuel being needed to power the organism. When you think of electricity passing through something you just have the conversion of that electricity into heat or light or electromagnetism that causes motion, but nothing is destroyed.

If we take a parallel with the consciousnesses/minds leaving and joining, a constant flow of minds leaving and joining, you have the same effect as electricity being passed through a machine or a light bulb. Now this isn’t a description of exactly what happens but for purposes of understanding as the machines get bigger they need larger amounts of electricity. So as the organisms get bigger they need a larger amount of “fuel”. As the organisms get larger in size the fuel has to be taken in in larger quantities, in more condensed quantities. So it is simpler to take in items that already have accreted. Can you imagine a large organism trying to process an infinite number of electrons in a stream? So it is easier for a hierarchy of accretions to be built up with the larger consuming the smaller or let us say, utilising the smaller or giving passage to the smaller.

The world is far simpler than you imagine. You tend to make it far more complex than it need be because you cannot see at the smallest levels.

We are composite beings?

There are plenty of places of being and not being. When you are just a point of awareness you are basically in a position of not being, because you do not belong. There is no “I” to identify with. “I”s arise from composite beings. Each time you focus on being part of a composite being you are effectively saying you identify with that composite being, you are part of the group. Now, as you move from one focus to another, each time you are becoming another “I”. Each time you are taking on the attributes and manifestations of the group and in each case you feel this is me, this is me in the present and each “other” which you would say is in the past, you are no longer. Yet you retain the memory, no matter how many focuses you have in the present, and you can have many lives at once, but in each case you are only the “I” that you focus upon, because it is only possible to be an “I” through collaboration and cooperation with others. So, “I”s arise from a grouping as we know them. When you look away from all your “I”s that you are participating in, then you just reduce yourself back to a point of awareness, because there is nothing to identify with. So, the sense of “I” disappears and then you have the sense of being part of the universal whole. Then if you feel that you are the universal whole, every part of the universal whole thinks it is the one. So this is where the notion arises that we are all god, because we are all part of god, until we decide we want to identify with something else, which is the “I”s.

So, once you contemplate this “theory”, if you wish to look at it that way, “truth” if you wish to look at it another way, then you will see that it is only truly useful to savour the “I” of which you are presently aware. By all means look for other “I”s in which you are focusing but be aware that to you these may seem like figments of the imagination, even as you find yourself, imagine yourself, to be another “I” as in when you feel that you are aware of a past life, past focus, but you always come back to who you are now, the present. So, the concept of forever becoming just means, the continually changing sense of “I”.

We like to say that the underlying is unchanging and that is true. What we don’t realise is that we feel that the whole is changing. We do not understand that we are part of an enormous composite which is continually changing and our sense of “I” arises from that. When we are able to observe, as in leaving the body, we find that we have to return to the body, otherwise our sense of “I” disappears, because that sense of “I” is no longer in the body. It finds itself in a different life in which it has a different sense of “I” and can only look back, a memory of its identification with a body, but now, of course, it has a separate identification. So, you might say that when you leave the body and look back at your body you already have a different, although probably unknowing, sense of who you really are. But then if you do not return to the body you find yourself in what is called the spirit world and you have another sense of “I”. Until you find the idea of another life, another focus, that you will have to, unknowingly maybe, enter together through association with others desirous of experiencing the idea of another sense of “I”.

So, what you call existence is a continual movement from one state of being to another state of being, from one sense of “I” to another sense of “I”. You always are but you are forever changing. But because of that ever changing, you forever feel the same because each “I” is an experience and on, what you might say, another level you are aware that it is all an experience.

What is the “self”?

You ask “what is the self”? Now Seth refers to himself as an “energy personality essence”. You notice that the first word is energy, the second word is personality, energy with personality that he is the essence of. Normally the essence is the distillation so one can infer from the use of these three words that the essence is the distillation of many personalities that have been experienced by the energy. So, we are saying are we that this is energy with a personality. Now, just for purposes of maybe understanding this in a slightly different manner, let us look at magnetism, electromagnetism. Now, when you have a piece of metal it does not have any attraction or repulsion, it is just a bar of metal with no seeming let us say desire, and yet, when you manipulate it in such a way that all the constituent electrical properties within that bar of iron form into coherence then you achieve a pole at each end. A pole that attracts and a pole that repels, in other words, opposites.

You can take those opposites as your love and hate or your light and dark and all the spectrum of feeling in between. Now, as you know, all particles seem to exhibit a degree of awareness and also to communicate with each other. In that case, as the atoms, molecules, whatever in the iron bar now have the property of attracting and repelling, would you grant them the quality of consciousness? Probably not, but how come the attraction or the repulsion and how like it is to your own conscious self that is in one degree or another attracted or repelled by the other electromagnetic bodies that you come into contact with. (Everything is composed of electromagnetic waves/particles) The point to note is that when the constituent parts are in a chaotic format then no attraction or repulsion arises. Yet when they are aligned coherently and all pull together one might say, then the attraction and repulsion arises and therefore is this when personality arises? Do we say attraction and repulsion, light and dark, opposites, are only perceived when in a reality such as the physical? Or do we say that they are inherent qualities of the particle that is behaving in a random manner?

That’s quite interesting that the like poles repel and the opposite poles attract. You would think that would be the other way around.

What’s in a name? It depends on who decided the qualities in the first place and how the actions were viewed.

You can see that coherence produces power. There was no power in the iron bar before you induced coherence but then it had the power to pull something else towards it or push something away from it, it displayed kinetic energy. So, power arose from coherence. In previous talks we have outlined how the power of intention of many, you might say “energy personality essences”, they come together and then are able to utilise the power of their intention to create form or, as we have been discussing, to manipulate an instrument. That instrument being the physical body and brain. They may also have created a mind as an intermediary to enable easier operation. We might as well refer to the brain as the hardware, the mind as the software and the “gestalt” consciousness or energy personality essences, a group, as the programmer, or programmers agreeing. You can see the parallels.

Power arises from coherence. We don’t know how many consciousnesses are necessary to carry out any particular creation of form or manipulation of energy. You can assume that varying groupings are necessary appropriate to the degree of power needing to be applied. So to send a thought probably requires a smaller amount of power than to move an arm. However if the arm is programmed correctly and the hardware then reacts correctly to the programme then perhaps the energy necessary to move the arm is, from the point of view of the programmer, quite small. Or from the point of view of the body it would be a magnitude of times greater.

The same principle can apply whatever you think of. Especially with regard to moving mass beliefs. One thought, one voice is a voice in the wilderness. Many thoughts, many voices come together and become a convincing force of conversion and once enough join in the new belief then it becomes accepted mainstream except for a few outliers who refuse to accept what they may call, a mass delusion.

Individuality and the totality.

So we come back to the intensity again. The intensity of thought and the thought not only amongst the instruments but amongst the consciousnesses who manipulate the instruments. Back to the consciousnesses that are part of the overall pool of consciousness who feel themselves separate, as above so below, and yet they know they are part of an interconnected and interdependent reality. But simply do not understand, any more than you understand, that you are part of one system. Because you have a feeling of individuality, you expect the totality to have an individuality. It may or it may not but when do you ever see the totality acting as one. When you as individuals do not act as one then why do you assume the totality is one? You invent this concept that it wishes to explore all aspects of its individuality but if you take the total all it can do is explore its different creations because all aspects are creations. All personalities are creations, all individualities are creations. So you have to say then that the totality is just exploring its possibilities. And where does that leave you? If the totality has always been, surely it has always known its own possibilities.

Again we come back to time and the impossibility of those in the time based system to comprehend a system in which there is no time.

 

“Nobel laureate Steven Weinberg likens this multiple universe theory to radio. All around you, there are hundreds of different radio waves being broadcast from distant stations. At any given instant, your office or car or living room is full of these radio waves. However, if you turn on a radio, you can listen to only one frequency at a time; these other frequencies have decohered and are no longer in phase with each other. Each station has a different energy, a different frequency. As a result, your radio can only be turned to one broadcast at a time.Likewise, in our universe we are “tuned” into the frequency that corresponds to physical reality. But there are an infinite number of parallel realities coexisting with us in the same room, although we cannot “tune into” them. Although these worlds are very much alike, each has a different energy. And because each world consists of trillions upon trillions of atoms, this means that the energy difference can be quite large. Since the frequency of these waves is proportional to their energy (by Planck’s law), this means that the waves of each world vibrate at different frequencies and cannot interact anymore. For all intents and purposes, the waves of these various worlds do not interact or influence each other.”
― Michio Kaku, Parallel Worlds: A Journey Through Creation, Higher Dimensions, and the Future of the Cosmos

 

So what is this thing called “I”? The “I” is something that you reserve, something that through your decisions you alter, that you create by virtue of those decisions, by virtue of the direction that you wish to take, in fact your wishes, your desires, your decisions all work together to form the “I”.

The “I” is merely a transient concept or fabrication that is produced when you open the window and peer into the realm of the physical. When seeing the situation that exists, you form an opinion on that situation, then as you are in a position to manipulate an instrument, you take action which alters the situation which you are observing. You learn from the actions you take and become aware of the strength of those actions and from that comes the feeling of power, and as this power is exercised, or this feeling grows through the exercise of decision, so arises the “I”.

The “I” arises from seeing the consequences of your decisions, my action is doing this, my action is causing that, this is ”ME”, this is “I”, this is the power.

So what you are doing in each moment is adding yet another layer of render to something, to something that started from nothing. There was nothing there until you painted the first stroke, then it became larger and you added another layer of paint, another colour and light was reflected in a different way. You became immersed in this ever growing pageant of light and you considered it to be real. You no longer considered it to be something you were producing, but if you stopped producing and retraced those steps, what would you be left with. You would be left with nothing. Therefore there would be no “I”

Can you see that is why there is no “I”. There is only the “I” that you continually create and through which you believe you have your existence. 

So what happens to that “I” when we no longer have a physical body?

Nothing happens to the “I”. The “I” that you have created still remains in your memory. The memory of the self, the self that you are, the self that created the “I”. You do not create a “self”. If you consider yourself as that which creates the “I”, then the self is eternal, it merely creates a succession of “I’s”.

So what happened to those “I’s”?

The “I’s” are like paintings, as we said, you construct the painting. Does the painting cease to exist after the artist dies? It often grows in stature. When it is first painted it is often not regarded, not vaunted or admired and yet hundreds of years after the artist has passed the painting is considered wonderful and worth enormous sums of money. Why is that? It is because a myth, a story, a perception, a hallucination, imagination has been built about this artist and the paintings…. we won’t say the artist, because one is not aware of the artist,(self) we are talking about the painting as being the “I”. This “I”, this painting, has been given a mythic status, a mythic significance but this has been built up in the eyes of many “I’s” all of which are ignorant of the self that lies in both cases behind the “I”’s. You understand..both cases? Behind the “I” and behind the “I”’s.

So when you say “Do they continue to exist?  Do the paintings still continue to exist? The “I”’s continue to exist, whether they are active depends on whether the artist still maintains an interest. Of course, the artist maintains an interest, meaning the “I” will continue to exist, for as long as the love connections continue.

If your higher consciousness suddenly withdraws its focus and you as an “I” are no longer being created what happens to the pattern of the “I”? Does it still live on and be there to meet its loved ones when they pass over?

Your “I”, once created, is created from the block of stone (on the basis that every possible sculpture exists in potential in a block of stone, so every possible manifestation exists in potential in the totality of consciousness) and as we have said so many times before it has always existed in the block of stone. You merely focus upon it and it is, but of course it is still there, it doesn’t come out of the block of stone, it is still in the block of stone. If you now take the block of stone as energetic vibration and you focus upon it and then it, in inverted commas “emerges” so that it gives the illusion of separateness then if you unfocus it sinks back, you might say, but it is still there, it is simply not highlighted, so you cannot destroy it. You cannot destroy anything because everything always exists, it merely comes into prominence when you focus upon it. (like 3d stereograms) Now this is almost impossible to explain to you but if you, anybody, thinks of an existing pattern it will come into prominence and because it comes into prominence it will, as we have said before, instantly update with everything and as there is no time you will not see any intervening gap. How can we show this not only from a point of objectivity but from a point of activity that all is happening all the time, this is almost past possibility of explaining. If you imagine the CD game we have referred to many times before, imagine it being played at the same time by millions upon millions of players, which it probably is. It is all happening at the same time, it is the same thing happening at the same time, wherever you look it is moving, moving, moving in every direction, that is the best we can probably do, to draw an analogy to show you that multiple focuses of an event can make that event seem to be happening at the same time, we were going to say in several places but, of course, there are no places, it is just what you imagine to be, a constant motion in the ever present once more. If you cast your mind to the CD just being endlessly repeated but also multiply that to as many focuses as wish to be focusing upon it. You can almost imagine standing between two mirrors looking into those mirrors and making a movement and watching it being repeated endlessly. We hope we have given you some idea, now imagine the play going on endlessly in all those locations, and also in order to spike your guns with regard to sequentiality of action, imagine it being started and finished in every moment, so that wherever you look all actions of that sequence are happening simultaneously. You must ask yourself a question at that point, “where did it start?” and “where did it finish?” because you have so many that are happening all at once, all starting and all finishing.

What about ego, what’s your take on ego?

Ego is the same as the “I”. There is no difference. They are one and the same.

We talk about people being egotistical……Full of the sense of “I”, full of the sense of power. There is merely a degree of self-expression, a degree of pride in the “I” that they have created.

Yes. Confident people seem to be egotistical to other people.

Not necessarily. You can be confident and yet humble. It depends on how you express it. Was Gandhi confident of getting the British to leave without firing a shot? Did he do it in an egotistical way, in a brash, forthright way? He did it through humility, persistence and non- violence and merely expressing the will of the Indian people. Gandhi was the will of the Indian people expressed through their chosen instrument, perhaps without them knowing it. [Just as each of us are the expression of the multiple consciousness’s that have chosen to cooperate in producing the painting that we consider to be “I”, without realising that the “I” that we feel is ours alone is actually the product of a multiple thought stream.]

So how do you feel if you consider yourself to be merely a painting being painted by an unknown artist?  Perfectly OK. You are at peace with that? Absolutely, that is the expression taking place. So do you feel confident in the artist? As I don’t feel that I know the artist, I can’t comment on that but it is as it is and I am happy with that. Are you not aware that you are the artist? Some part of me is the artist or the overseer of me is the artist and therefore I should be confident in that, so yes. You speak as if you are separate from the artist? Part of the artist. Describe to me if you can how you are part of the artist. Purely the expression of the artist. Why would that be a part? Well, I consider myself to be a facet of the artist, an expression of the artist.

We are asking you to describe yourself here, in a manner, because the “I” that you consider to be you is a picture drawn by the “self”, the artist, that you do not know.

Yes. I understand.

Now, on that basis, in the living picture (vehicle or instrument, as it is normally called) which the artist /creator is creating, it can start the vehicle, the “I” and it can either then control the vehicle or it can let go of the controls just to see what the vehicle will do. When the artist/creator does that he wishes to observe the result of letting his vehicle, let us say, keep moving in an uncontrolled manner, in that the vehicle has been programmed over its life into a series of repetitive behaviours which if left to itself it will continue to repeat. Yet within its programming there will be a series of new actions that can be taken simply because as the action arises it is filtered through the history of previous programming in an associated context and therefore another action can arise. It will be an action that has happened before but may be presented in a different way or may have come about in a different way in a different situation. The artist will then see what happens when his creation is allowed to carry on. The artist creates the vehicle, the artist allows and directs and programs the vehicle and the vehicle also learns because its computers, with their senses, record every bump in the road, every direction the vehicle takes, every form of incline and decline, the number of passengers that get in, the weights etc.. Everything that happens to that vehicle is recorded and so you can then, for a while, have a driverless vehicle, because it can get from A to B, because it knows how to get from A to B from memory, not just of the previously travelled route but from knowing what to do at an intersection, at the traffic lights, and it also knows what to do when aware of other traffic. Which is how these driverless vehicles that will, in the near future, be on your roads have been programmed, but they bear striking analogy to the “I” that the artist has been creating. Do you understand what we are saying? Yes. Therefore the artist is observing his creation. The observer is creating the observed but the observed is purely a reflection of the observer.

He creates the vehicle in such a way that eventually it is able to drive itself, with the artist watching the vehicle and how it behaves and what it can do. And deciding whether he can do better and create another vehicle especially if the first one wears out.

 So tell me how you feel about all the “I”s that are in the world today and how they behave?

If we are talking about the instrument we call David, me, then I feel I am gradually learning what the real situation is. I can see that there is neither good nor bad. Good or bad is purely an interpretation we put upon something. If I wish to view what is happening from being part of the play, the living play, then I will interpret this as being good or bad depending on how it affects me or my mind or my beliefs in what should be. If I then understand that this is all just different scenes from all the scenes that exist in potential, and it is a continually changing panorama of illusion, because all you are talking about, as far as we know from the physical plane, is that everything is just energy, if you wish, electromagnetic charges appearing from nowhere and disappearing into nowhere, but that nowhere is something that we do not understand. So if you stand back you can look at the whole thing from a completely impersonal viewpoint, quite dispassionately, much as you, to some degree, look at history. That was interesting, look at that, but there is no immediate effect. 20,000,000 people died in the First World War, that’s terrible, but have I got a feeling about that, yes it shouldn’t have happened, but what feeling have you got about that? So it depends when you say “what do you think”.  It is a question of which you, the “I” can think one thing, the artist, the self can think something entirely different because the artist understands and the “I” does not. The vehicle feels the road, the artist watches the vehicle go along the road, the artist does not feel the enormous bump except he may see the vehicle rise over the bump. He may see the jolt, he may understand what the jolt does to the vehicle but the vehicle carries on and the artist is unaffected, but for a while the vehicle remembers the bump, it remembers the jolt and when it sees the huge pothole next time it steers round the pothole and the artist may say “I programmed that vehicle well”.

So choose the seat you sit in or the position you wish to view from. You can be on the stage, in the drama, or you can be up at the back of the audience. Wherever you wish to be. And so at one stage you can place yourself in the audience but then you decide to use your binoculars and find yourself right in the middle of the action. Focus is everything.

What were the two questions? The two subjects?

The two subjects were ‘other selves’ and ‘created environments’.

Other selves, to summarise, you create the self (the “I”) that you think you are at the moment. The consciousness feels that this created self is itself, although it harbours a suspicion that there is more, hence the seeking, the looking within. Of course, there is more. Every instrument is a gestalt consciousness and, if you would like to put it this way, part of a larger gestalt consciousness that does not exist in the physical. In actuality, all in the involved consciousness exists in all dimensions, a word which is not necessarily the right one, at once. But focuses perhaps only on one. Now, consciousness is interconnected, as we have established many times before and there is no reason for consciousness not to have a finger, fingers, in many pies, that is, it has involvement in many gestalts of consciousness each with a primary focus on one instrument, one life, one self. Just as each of these instruments are separate in the dimension in which they operate, in your case the physical dimension, so the consciousness, as it is involved in each one of these, has quality of separateness, let us say, we use the word, the veil of forgetfulness once more. Just like your channels on the TV they cannot exist in the same place, you cannot be aware of both channels at once. Where you focus in one channel, then you switch to the other channel. Now, the difference is that consciousness that has its finger in all these pies does not think, much as you do not think, of one channel while it is focused on another one, it merely switches its attention, switches its focus. Because of the depth of attention in each focus, each channel is such that you blank out what you have recently seen on another channel, unless there is a happening which is extremely similar, shall we say, to that which was recently seen or experienced on another channel and somehow you have the idea, “This is what I will do,” or a eureka moment or “I think I had better do it this way”. Some of that can be because you have in your, let us say, composite memory the experience of the other dimension, although the focus is fully in an alternative one, then because you are mentally searching for an answer, you access it without understanding from where it has arisen, yet it has arisen from yourself. Let us come back to the previous analogy, which is not a wonderful one but it gives you some idea of how you live lives simultaneously. We postulated that just as time passes very quickly when you are enjoying yourself and very slowly when there is nothing to take your attention and also that it seems to pass at an ever increasing rate, speed that is, as you get older, then time has an elastic quality. Therefore, we said, that if you thought it was possible to break your day into a number of segments and then expand the time in each segment, expand the experience time, shall we say, in each segment to that of a full day, you could fit in several lives at once. Once you turn it over in your mind, you will see this is a possibility. So this a way of saying, of living, having several selves, living several lives, keeping them all separate if you wish, because in general it is necessary to keep each life separate, otherwise confusion arises, if the memory of the previous experience, recent experience in one life, is thought to be in another life, then confusion will reign as you can imagine, it would be chaotic, because simply the pieces of the jigsaw would not fit together, they would be of different shapes. Another analogy is, put it another way, the frames in the film, some would be out of place, they would not fit into the sequence or the association.

Now, when it comes to creating environments then you co-create your own environment, so if we now go back to the separate selves being lived simultaneously, each one would have created, co-created, their own environment and so you will have created different environments. Just as you can create different environments in the physical dimension you can create different environments in whichever dimension with its associated, as Seth would say, camouflage patterns, senses, laws, agreed frames of reference, as we would say, terms of reference, then you can create your different environments within said terms of reference.

I think we did miss a part, because we talked about multiple personalities able to use one instrument, yet when one personality, shall we say, surfaces it has no idea, whatsoever, that the other personalities also use that instrument, and why, because when it focuses upon that instrument it creates the “I”, the self that you know, the “I” is being created all the time at every moment. All “I”s are being created at every moment and why, because when it focuses upon that instrument it creates the “I”. The “I” is being created all the time, at every moment, all “I”s, all environments are being created at every moment, just as electrons flash in and out of orbit then so does all energy, for want of a better word. Everything, you might say, blinks on and off. It is just that as the light blinks on and off the existing pattern is shown each time and as it changes, then simply it changes, what we would say fractally, so you cannot tell the difference, until, what you would say, time passes and then you can see the difference.  But, from one on/off to the next on/off it appears that no change has happened.

So let us come back to the multiple personality experiencing the same instrument and yet being unaware that other personalities are involved in the instrument. Turn that inside out and realise that a gestalt consciousness of any size that is involved in a range of focuses, a range of involvement, with other gestalts, whose primary focus is a single instrument, although none of them are, they are all focused separately, but however for the purposes of explanation, can you imagine one consciousness has a finger in many pies, is involved in many gestalts. When we say consciousness we mean a gestalt consciousness without saying it. A consciousness can be a single point of awareness but it takes many points of awareness before it is possible to create a self. A single consciousness cannot create a self. A single consciousness is aware that it is.

Each cell that composes your body can be aware of you as the self that you are. However its primary focus is upon the activity in which it is engaged e.g.as in the role of a heart cell, a muscle cell etc.

As an analogy, let us take the point of view of a soldier in an army.  When he is discussing how the war is going, with a friend say, he would probably discuss from the point of view of the overall situation i.e. he would identify with the army as a whole. However, when discussing with his comrades where their platoon is going to be sent he will be identifying with his platoon, his focus will be on his platoon as an entity, a gestalt consciousness if you like. In the heat of battle his focus will generally be on his own personal safety, his own gestalt consciousness which he experiences as himself, “I”. In much the same way as a liver cell, when confronted with a sudden rush of alcohol focuses pointedly on the role of a liver cell, of who he is in that capacity.

A sense of “I”, or “Self”, or idea of being, is, or can be, created depending on the viewpoint from which the consciousness is focusing and the information it is receiving from that focus. The consciousness gets so absorbed in what it is experiencing that it effectively becomes the observed forgetting that it is also the observer. This is how the liver cell can experience being the whole body, the “I”. It can experience two “separate” “I”s and yet feel that it is exclusively each one.

All gestalts of consciousness, to whatever degree of conglomeration, are constantly fluctuating in the number of consciousnesses focusing within the idea, around which the gestalt has formed and as such all are being constantly created in every moment.

The sense of “I” arises from a state of mind or a state of being, therefore when you ask, “who is doing the talking?” it is the “I” or the sense of “I” that the consciousness is using in we must say, your particular space or your particular time or your particular dimension be it both in space and time.

(Of course, I am now aware that I have many “I”s depending on where I switch my focus and, depending on the frame of reference of that, shall we say, dimension, I am another “I”. But each time I switch “I”s, I am only that “I”, and each “I” is not aware of the other “I”s. But in the same way each “I” is not aware of the consciousness behind the “I”. All “I”s are instruments of the “self” i.e.experiences enjoyed by the self via its focus into each particular gestalt which is producing that “I”.)

If the actor is wearing makeup and costume can he see the actor? He can see the part he is playing, he can see the role, facial features aside, can he see who he really is? He can only have a sense of “I” from within, you finished my sentence for me. We are although, able to understand much more from this vantage point than from that of the physical instrument. The physical instrument is too personal, a physical person, the earthbound ego you might say. You would not expect to understand the complexity of the worlds of consciousness with just one small incursion into the infinite realm and interconnectedness. Would you agree? We can only move a certain way along the line of further understanding before the concepts become unfamiliar. Although we make tentative attempts to grasp  the ghostly mental images of understanding we normally seek, gradually the concept, the understanding, becomes more certain. Do you understand what was being said there? Did it make you doubt something?

No, it did not make me doubt anything.

(David speaking, What I can gather, is that although they have been saying a lot, they don’t think they understand it all. I know it sounds as if they know an awful lot, but they still only know a little.)

It might sound a lot to you but we know that we are not much less limited than you are.

What about the different levels there are supposed to be?

Do you live in a different level of experience from those you spoke of earlier?

Yes.

Therefore, as above so below. You create your realities. You go to those areas to which your thoughts naturally attract you and that is why you are encouraged to act and think in a way such that you naturally gravitate to, and are accepted by, those who you wish to be accepted by. Your idealism, your ideal world, in which people act in ways commensurate with your ideals where you would feel immense happiness and peace as everybody and everything that you experienced was in perfect harmony with your own vibration. It takes much practice, we are   trying to avoid the use of the word “time”, it takes much focus and practice to divest yourself of a lifetimes attitudes of judgement and replace them with attitudes of acceptance. You learn to accept things that you see and decide that, this could be interesting, let us put all judgement aside and see how it feels. Of course, you will naturally find that some things are in harmony with what you are and some things are not. Another time the initial feeling will be so good that as you let old attitudes surface and you find yourself unable to stay in that state you will learn to change your attitudes and therefore change your vibration so you can continue to stay in that harmonious state.

That is the process of “forever becoming”.

Each new focus you take upon will entail a different vibration. A different frequency that you are focusing into and you have to adjust to that frequency. Sometimes you get so used to that frequency that you find it hard to adjust back again. All consciousness is in the process of, shall we say, re-discovering. This is a circular thing. You discover something, get lost in it, change your focus  and you re-discover something you had experienced before but you have forgotten. You put it aside, because “the internet”exists. For your world, humorously, Wikipedia exists, anything you wish to know is there for you. So why create a storage facility, there is no need. Anytime you want it you can pick it up if you desire. So you move on forever becoming this and forever becoming that and not necessarily, unless you stay in a certain reality, having any need of the actuality of what you have experienced as memory of a previous event or object. Are we making sense?

I think so. Are all individual consciousnesses of equal importance?

You believe that all molecules of water consist of two hydrogen atoms and one oxygen atom. Would you consider them to be the same?

No, they are different.

In what respect?

One’s hydrogen and one is oxygen.

Now a molecule of water consists of two hydrogen atoms and one oxygen atom, all water molecules consist of the same combination do you agree?

Yes, of course.

Can they be any different?

Well then they would not be water.

Exactly, whenever you come down to consciousness, for language sake being units of pure awareness, then they must of necessity be of equal importance. This is simply a value judgement that you have created on the physical plane. It does not exist except in your mind. Importance is purely subjective judgement that you place upon something.

Yes. So a consciousness in your toe is equally important as a consciousness in your heart.

Of course. If those two consciousnesses had to be put side by side to converse with each other in their natural state what has each chosen to be?

The part that they are playing.

And therefore, have they chosen the part that they play? And having chosen the part that they play and being aware of the parts that they are playing then one could take it upon himself to say “I am more important than you are, because you could be chopped off but I couldn’t be.” What is that but an ego, a feeling of self-importance? Back to feelings.

Which “I”? Which Reality?

So you are moving through a reality, a reality that you call physical reality and you think it is the only reality. But when you think that you find yourself in other realities when you are asleep then you call them dream realities. Yet at times you find yourself conscious in those realities and they seem exceedingly real. Such that you can wake up extremely frightened or extremely puzzled as to where you have been and what it meant.

How often do you consider that your dream reality might be as equally valid as the reality of your waking reality? When you are awake and your eyes are open, you see the reality that you have co-created along with others. Now can you accord that same belief to the dream reality you found yourself in when you were talking to those you know and you were experiencing sensations even to the point of touch and certainly of voice and sight in those realities? We daresay there are some who also experience taste and smell in those realities.

So what is there to tell them apart? Apart from the fact that when you have your eyes open you can see that you are in a physical body whereas generally when you are in a dream reality you are not really aware of your body because, perhaps, that reality is all in the mind. You haven’t necessarily constructed a recognisable body and yet you are enjoying all the sensations of a physical body. Of course when you bring the memory of the dream back into the physical you convert it into something you can understand. Therefore you have to use the language of the physical reality and that entails the feeling of the vehicle, the body. Yet often when you are asked to describe the body you are inhabiting in the dream reality you find it difficult to do so.

So, you will have to sit and ponder on the differences between your waking reality and your dream reality as to which one is more real than the other. You will say of course that the physical reality is more real, but is it because you have only spent more time in the physical reality and you have built a belief system about the aspects of the physical reality?

Now try to imagine in one of your dream realities if you stayed there for a long, long time and you were aware of time. Of course in dreams you can seem to be there for a long time and yet very little time has passed, and sometimes vice versa, as time has suddenly become extremely elastic or maybe simply doesn’t exist. Depending on which reality and which laws and parameters are followed in that particular reality then your ideas of time and space are found to be extremely flexible.

But let us say that you spend, say, weeks asleep in the other reality. What would be your response upon waking back in this reality, to learn that you had been asleep for several weeks and that the other reality had become a real reality to you? So when you wake up back in this one you will bring those memories over and suddenly this reality would seem strange and you may take some time to get used to it again. Because you, while in the dream reality, would have forgotten all about this reality. So even though it would come flooding back, the longer you spend away the longer it takes for you to re-acclimatise. Does this make sense to you?

Yes.

We are saying, the longer you stay focused in, let us call it, the reality created by the imagination entered into with others who join in the group illusion, the group creation of a reality, then you all believe in it together and reinforce each other’s beliefs. The longer you spend there you feel that this is the only reality you know. It is the only real thing that you understand. Until, of course, you are able to switch realities, generally by leaving this “vehicle” i.e. you move over, you pass over, you change your focus and the physical body is no longer activated, is no longer created. Then you find yourself in another reality and you quickly get used to that of course.

So one has to ask you to sit and think quite deeply about this and imagine your change of focus.

Let us go back to the actors in the plays. Imagine an actor having to play his role in a live 24 hour soap opera which is open to members of the public drifting in and out. The cameras are on all the time, let us say like one of your survival programmes except that everyone has to play a certain part for the whole time and the cameras are always upon them. Now imagine you having to play a certain part continuously, for years, would you forget who you really are?

Yes.

Because every action you take in order to portray the part that you are playing would gradually become a new habit and slowly you would become that person. And it may be with some difficulty that you would be able to return to being the person you were before. But once you made the break and moved into a different focus, a different reality, then you would become a new “I”. Yes?

Yes.

So let us go back to the actor, several years in one part and then finding he had to switch or a very remunerative new part came up and he could switch into that part and so he would develop a new persona to suit that play. You (he) would change from one  ”I” to the other but gradually his original sense of “I” would become a very distant memory and probably disappear altogether. As you moved from one part entailing many years into another part entailing many years you would gradually form a succession of “I”s.

That is exactly what you are doing. You are taking life after life in conjunction with other consciousnesses and simply creating one “I” after another except of course there is no time and you are living all these lives at once. You keep them separate because otherwise confusion would reign.

But, as the instrument has found, because it is all a co-creation by a large group of consciousnesses not all concentrate in one life or fully in any life. Some remain as a sort of observer or director in the capacity of overall director of operations, shall we say, as a whole group. They receive the emotions, the sensations, watch the events. They are aware of the abilities and the information transmission is going to and fro continually to each of the “I”s that we have been talking about.

Now because this information goes to and fro to what you might call a central group of minds then any “I”, if it is aware of the situation we have just described, can send out thought to find whether there is an ability that he hasn’t yet been able to master, and whether this has been explored in another “I”. The instrument found that somehow, to use the terminology that can be understood, he seemed to have hacked in to another “I” who could speak beautifully and, somehow again, he was able to tune in to the information feedback loop between the centre and that “I” and alter his own speech to that of which he presumed to be another “I”. Whichever way, he managed to access the ability and utilise it in his own method of speech.

Additionally while accessing, as per Einstein, “a higher plane of knowledge”, by accident maybe or by desire, the singing voice vastly improved and the whole action of singing changed. The voice emanated from the upper chest, not from the throat and the back of the mouth, seemed to resonate, pour out, with different voices. The explanation that we have given you is that it is not difficult for a group of consciousness to resurrect a pattern of a previous singer in whatever part of his life they choose and should they be able to find a suitable instrument they can overlay that program on the instrument and the voice can live again. Which is why David does not seem to be able to produce the voice at will, he seems to have to induce it or the urge suddenly comes over him to sing. Again, this is just a thought from those who wish to hear the sound and David gladly acquiesces because he thoroughly enjoys the sound and, let’s face it, there is a certain amount of satisfaction in a newfound ability.

So, for the moment, we feel there is really far more than enough for you to think about and you will need to think about it. This is not something you can just say “Ah yes, I understand”. It is something you may have to think about for many weeks or months and depending on your belief system you may never be able to fully accept it, but if you are open-minded enough you will see that what we have said is quite logical and rational.

Listen to it all and relate one thing to another. Relate your waking reality to your dream reality. Now if you could sing beautifully or speak beautifully in a dream reality then why should you not be able to do it in your waking reality? They are both sounds in your mind, both expressions of what you would call “I” because surely you feel that you are “I” in your dream, the same as you feel that you are ”I” when you are awake.

Enjoy.

Comment:-We think this is worth repeating.

That is exactly what you are doing. You are taking life after life in conjunction with other consciousnesses and simply creating one “I” after another except of course there is no time and you are living all these lives at once. You keep them separate because otherwise confusion would reign.

The Co-creation of the “I”, the sharing of the “I” experience.

Well of course, we are interested in these things in the same fashion that you are. We are only one step removed after all. People think that it is all under control, it is all set out there, this is planned that is planned, it is all planned to learn from experience. But think that one through as well. What sort of life would it be if you were sitting there saying  ”let’s organise this and let’s organise that, plan this and plan that” and then it all works out like clockwork. How long do you go on doing that without saying “well this isn’t much fun is it?” It’s like painting by numbers, it is all laid out there. All you are doing is going through the motions and filling in the blanks. “There is no real learning in this is there?” Apart from saying “I can design a pretty picture and I can write a play”. But you know what the beginning and the end is going to be and we have talked before about the uncertainty and the excitement, so how do you write a play where you don’t know what the end is going to be? Where’s the excitement for the writer in not knowing how it’s all going to end up and how do you structure a play for this to happen apart from saying to one person “you do this, I’m not telling the others, we’ll see how they react to it”. That gives you some new information, something you can learn from. At the same time you can whisper to another “you do this and do that” and sometimes when it appears to be going off at a tangent you may step in and give an instruction because you want to change the direction. It’s not going quite the way you want it to go.

You learn as you go along. You are seeing different things happening and it keeps you interested because you never know what kind of response is going to come up. So you organise the personalities to suit. Now when you have different consciousnesses organising different personalities then the level of uncertainty rises.  “We’ll agree to operate our instruments as each of us see fit and we’ll see how we have to compromise to get along” in view of the fact that we both want to have a good experience in running a puppet and not have too many sad experiences, which we feel as well, because there’s not much joy in that is there? We want to have some fun and some high points, some enthusiasm and achievements. We can compete on this side just as well as you can compete there, except of course when you say you compete there it is our puppets competing with each other to see who wins the race, shall we say, who gets the last laugh, whatever it happens to be. When you see who gets the last laugh you get the last laugh as well because you’re the operator.

You can be fully focused in there or you can sit back and put it on semi-automatic. We’ve given it the program, its going through the maintenance schedule of eating and showering and the rest of it all, it knows how to do that and so it will get on with that. A bit like a self-drive car, it can get itself from A to B without any problem and we’ll focus in for the next exciting bit. Of course you can have lots of these going on and lots of what you might call semi- automatic instruments that are programmed to go through the working day, go through the motions and then come into areas where maybe a deal of surprise or learning is lurking.  You then get alerted as you feel the vibrations starting to quicken. You might call that nervous energy or a quickening in the pulse rate whatever it happens to be as you feel the excitement. The alarm goes off and you switch your focus, come back in and are ready for a touch on the tiller should things not be quite proceeding to your liking.

Now when it comes to planning, as we were talking about, then as you say there’s no time but you start off doing something don’t you? You are not bothered about time, you are just bothered about getting on with whatever is going on and moving from one thing to the next. Time doesn’t really matter, it is still there, it is still going on and if the instrument is wearing a little bit thin and showing signs of age does it matter a damn? No, because there is always another instrument isn’t there? So life and death doesn’t mean anything. Shame, that one’s stopped working, never mind I’ve still got 8 or 10 going and I can start some more up. Time doesn’t have the importance that it does in the physical but because of the nature of the game we have to program the element of time in and the element of self- responsibility, being in charge of one’s own life, otherwise you couldn’t make these decisions could you? You are programmed to make some of them and some of them you make without even thinking. Others you hedge about, shall I, shan’t I. That’s when we are talking to you, we give you the shall I, shan’t I to enable you to feel that you have made the decision because otherwise if too many things came through, “I feel I need to do this” then you would start questioning “why do I feel I need to do this and then do it? “What is actually pushing me?” We have to let you feel you are in the position where you actually make the choice. You may not be but you have got to feel that way because you can then make choices on the smaller matters yourself as well and occasionally we want to see what happens when we just leave the choice to you. Because after all we have programmed the instrument and there is a certain amount of pride in programming one that works better than the next door one.

When you are talking about puppeteers and puppets, you can visualise that with people and animals and that sort of thing but what about for example earthquakes? Would you consider that a puppeteer working a puppet, and if there are plans how do those major events affect any plans or are they all part of the plan?

You have to realise, as we have said before, you are looking at this beautifully large picture, tapestry, world, reality, created by very large consciousnesses and you would agree that, in the scheme of things as you look around yourself, if you attribute everything to a conglomeration of consciousness, an idea conjoined by consciousness and  put into what can be seen through the eyes of the senses used in the physical reality, you must look at the earth and the planets and everything else as what you might term as super, super conglomerations of consciousness. Yes? And what have you chosen? You have chosen to create your reality in a very small part of their reality. Now what on earth makes you think that you can actually influence these other consciousnesses?

I don’t think you can.

How do you know, other than pure speculation, and how do we know as we are the consciousnesses creating our puppets in this little corner of reality. We are minor players, they are major players and do they bother to speak to us? Occasionally, we may be able to get some idea but at our level we are still bit parts. Look at the earth for example as a planet, look at your life span and look at the earth’s so-called life span. How much does the earth change, how long has it been going as far as you can ascertain?  Man is a very recent introduction. It is something, you might say, worlds apart. It operates in its own fashion, it is doing its own creation and who knows, when you look at the bit that we see which is akin or even less than akin to the skin on your body compared with what is underneath and what is going on. When we consider what is going on underneath then the skin of the earth is very little indeed so how would you class an earthquake in comparison with your body?

Really, really minor.

A little shudder and take no notice.

But is it part of the plan in any way?

As we have mentioned many times before, there is no grand plan. There is just existence, you exist, you exist, you exist. Forever you exist. You always have existed. So why would there be a plan? A plan is basically a non- sequitur. It has no meaning.

So there is no plan for people to meet to have children…….

When you say that there are small ideas, you can call the idea a plan and what is this for? Basically what you would term a playlet. Now how do we understand what is in the playlet for the earth and the sun and the stars when their whole level of existence changes so minutely and so slowly compared with the consciousnesses that are involved in the physical reality that you find yourself involved in?

To me they would be a bit like the scenery on the stage of a play which really doesn’t change except for a gradual deterioration.

So what plan would you say the scenery has?

Well there is a plan when the scenery is created but when it is done it is done.

So take your scenery, take your mountains that are created, pushed up, then how many hundreds of millions of years before they are worn down to the level of the plain again?

You can’t even begin to think of it.

Would you consider that to be a life cycle?

In terms of the mountain yes.

So when there is forever existence and time is of absolutely no importance whatsoever all you have is the experience of the now and the experience of the now is one day followed by another day, in earth terms this is. Sometimes you are quite happy to follow your 24 hour days for a long period and be quite happy that nothing is really changing. So for those consciousnesses that are happy to follow what they consider to be their day, which may be say 1000 years of your time, how do they see it? To them light and dark would be happening every second or so. Now if they saw light and dark happening every second or so then it would depend on what they programmed themselves to actually register as to whether they registered long periods of dark and long periods of light or all light or all dark. Do you understand that? It is your snapshots, what you take in. If you ignore the darks and only saw the lights, we’ll come back to your 60 frames per second, what happens in between the 60 frames? You have no idea.

No.

So take that as your lights and your darks and you are only aware of the lights. In which case you could have a million lights and a million darks but you would only be aware of the million lights. So that would be a long day, wouldn’t it? And depending on how you felt and what your belief was you might then have a long night. That would be your reality in the same way you have your reality. Certain consciousnesses would just think this is how it is. Once more, you create your own reality. You create your slow change, you create your quick change depending on what you want to experience. And when we say ‘you’ we are referring to the massive you, (all the consciousnesses involved at any time) every time you join a reality. The phrase ‘create reality’ is all very well but it gives the impression that you create your reality in a singular fashion but as we have explained so many times you don’t actually create your reality in a singular fashion, you create it in a cooperative fashion, a gestalt fashion. You are aware of the reality that is then produced and you then decide whether to stay focused in that reality or you decide you have had enough and you move off and focus somewhere else. But the reality is still there. The reality that is you, the pattern, carries on with the consciousnesses that are interested in the life of that pattern and yet as a singular awareness you can leave and focus into another one. This movement is going on all the time.

How many lives would you say are totally without interest?

I wouldn’t say any life is totally without interest.

Exactly. There is always somebody, plus which you get used to something don’t you? So if you have got used to what is going on with somebody then that instrument is, let us say, being piloted along but there will always be a certain amount of uncertainty. It is like you switching between programmes, if they are all boring and there is only one or two of interest even the interesting ones will have boring periods or the adverts come on and so you switch to another one to see if there may be something happening which could be interesting. So even with what appears to be the most boring life there is always something that may be of interest to somebody. Eventually of course there comes a time when so little is going on the consciousnesses lose interest and there is insufficient energy to maintain the pattern. At other times the decision is made, we’ve had enough let’s all go. Again here you can get a crowd effect in that another great idea comes up and a whole body of consciousness decides to switch its attention somewhere else and unfortunately the one they leave suddenly ceases to be active. This doesn’t seem caring but you have to realise as above so below, it really is, and the more you think about it and you believe that you have a higher level of consciousness operating a bit of itself down here, it is one and the same thing. You just have to think what would I do in those circumstances? That is the easiest way to think your way through this.

Now we say that there are all these consciousnesses. So on your side do you interact with individual consciousnesses not grouped together?

You can interact in that you are aware of all the others that are around, thoughts can go backwards and forwards. It is a bit like tuning in to radio stations all over the place. But if you want to create something that you can both enjoy as such, to make it easier for you to understand, let us say something that can reflect light so that all can see. You can transfer imaginative concepts from one to the other but they will be somewhat altered by the experience, the bias you might say, of each particular consciousness in that every consciousness sees something differently. So if you want to have everyone agree that we are all going to see the same thing then you need to join together and all agree that you are going to see the same thing. So you do not see it particularly differently. Everyone agrees and accepts the scenario. It is like painting the scenery as we have just discussed. We are all the actors, all the producers, so let’s paint the scenery and are we all happy to enact our playlet with this background of scenery? Yes is the reply.

Now where would you be if there was no scenery and you had to enact your play without? You would be in a vacuum wouldn’t you?

I would hope to co-opt other consciousness to help build the scenery.

But that is exactly what you have just done. You have got together to create the scenery. If you don’t get together no scenery is created so how does the idea get enacted with no stage and no scenery? What are you left with?

Just a concept.

Yes. You are just left with thoughts going between awareness’s. You have points of awareness sending ideas backwards and forwards to each other so you end up with just a conversation. Purely a conversation until someone says “let us make this something that is actually real”. The word ‘real’ is not correct of course but it is something that we can all see, we can all agree on and it doesn’t change because, although we maintain it, we maintain it to the exact pattern. So all of a sudden you agree on your theatre, you agree on your stage, you agree on your scenery and then you agree on your puppets! Everybody is in agreement on everything. If they don’t agree then you don’t have anything because nothing gets formed. So one group consciousness,” this is our puppet, are you happy with this?” “Yes, we see the representation, we are OK with that”. This is why we are using the idea of light because it is the only thing you will be able to understand. You will not be able to understand an invisible hologram even though other senses may be able to see it. You can only think using the senses you have. You cannot possibly conceive of anything happening outside your own senses and yet if you think to yourself, if this was all in a medium where you used X-rays or ultraviolet to see what was going on your senses wouldn’t pick any of this up but those who had those senses would see the reality although it may be invisible to you. This is why you agree on the parameters of your realities. You all use the same senses, you all produce the same stuff but of course it all may be completely invisible to anybody else unless they know which senses to use to see whatever is there.

We covered this point when we discussed looking for other realities, unless you know what senses to use you will not discover them. It is a matter of experimenting with different combinations until you find one that works. You can compare this to your own procedures of general research and say probing of various states of consciousness using drugs, meditation, chanting etc.

So you are doing exactly the same thing on your side as is happening here?

What is happening here is what has been planned on the other side otherwise there would be nothing happening here.

I was trying to find out how it’s all working over that side because all the consciousnesses have all got to have a certain amount of individuality and I was trying to work out how it is on that side as regards individual consciousness.

It depends on how you view an individual consciousness.

A point of light.

But then are you talking about an individual awareness. We are back to words here with how you would define consciousness and how you would define awareness. Now would you say that consciousness arises when……..

I would have said that consciousness was basically what I would call an atom or smaller than an atom.

Let us say whatever it happens to be and we can start with an atom if you wish but it is aware that it is aware. So, what is it aware of? I know that I am but what else is there? There must be other I am’s. You look around and you communicate with others be they atoms, electrons, points of light etc. But what sort of life is it? Think this one through.

You can imagine it being a busy life.

Doing what as an electron?

Just fluttering from here to there. I can imagine there would be some sort of communication going on, some sort of thought…

Once upon a time….(see Entangled Minds)

But you wouldn’t need food or drink so you could imagine it like molecules of air floating around you now.

Once upon a time a thought arose, can you remember the rest?

Probably not.

Where it came from…

Nobody knows…

But some minds noticed this thought…, so when electrons see a thought somebody says “if we got ten million electrons together, say, we could end up as a cell in a human body doing this and because we are all talking to each other we would know what is going on. Could this be more interesting than just flashing about the place in a mindless fashion”?

Can I just ask about something else then? We, when we pass over are expecting to see our loved ones. Now all the consciousnesses that were involved in our loved ones when they departed this life would presumably have gone off and found other thoughts and ideas to go and experience. So how do our loved ones come and meet us? How are they re-formed?

We refer you once more back to Entangled Minds…. Every mind that was ever a part of Joe always remembered being Joe…. So if they always remember being Joe they will remember how they loved Joanna…. Do you understand that?

Yes. I understand that. I am only asking these questions to make it clear for other people.

Moving on from there, each point of awareness, you might say, each consciousness had decided to take an interest in being Joe, joining the pattern, the projection, that was Joe and feeling the love of and for another, that wonderful feeling. So when Joe departs, even though you have interests in many other places, as Entangled Minds says… you always remember being part of Joe….”I was Joe”. Although Joe goes on and the pattern exists it doesn’t mean to say that it is active but the pattern is there and so the minute that anything to do with that pattern, say Joanna, Joe’s loved one, comes over the link is there. You may say it’s on hold because there is always somebody keeping an eye on it and keeping it ticking over and the pattern continues on anyway in its other forms, its astral etc. The alarm goes off again, and that love bond never goes between the points of awareness, and so you all rush back and thereby reactivate the pattern for the wonderful feeling of reunion. Everything is experience. You did things to experience things. How lovely to re- experience that feeling through a fabulous reunion.

I totally agree.

And then you can explain, if you need to explain, because all the consciousnesses know what the game is, but you all have a fabulous reunion. Not as a mass, as a unit together, you all focus through a particular puppet, so that you all feel, each one of you, are the puppet. (Every participating consciousness considers itself Joe, the feeling of “I am Joe’). The feeling is amongst all of you. It is very difficult for you to understand that the many become the one but the many all feel themselves the one.

So when all the consciousnesses rush back to portray the consciousness that is going to meet its loved one, what happens to all the places they have left?

How many lives is each consciousness able to lead at one time?

As there is no time it seems that we can live lots of lives at one time.

Have we said so often, and so have others, you don’t leave anything, they haven’t rushed back from anywhere, they have merely added another focus. You don’t have to leave one thing to go to another, you can just, in your terms, switch your gaze. When you are speaking in any area are you aware of what is going on outside your point of immediate focus? For example, when you are talking to somebody else does something catch your eye when a bird flies by outside the window?

Yes. It can do.

Yes. So other things can come to your attention but you can still hear what the person is saying or you can listen to what the person is saying and at the same time you can be thinking about what you are going to cook for dinner tonight. Now this is with a pretty slow moving instrument. Look at how many jobs a computer can do at once and this is something you have to get through to yourself, that you are a vastly expanded consciousness once you realise that you are not limited to the focus into the physical. Again, look at it from being at the back of the theatre, you can keep an eye on what is going on in the play and yet you can notice the bald head two rows down, the bright shirt across the aisle, the lady leaving her seat on the other side and yet you will know exactly what is going on in the play.

It is the same thing. You will suddenly be aware that so and so is coming over, “let’s go and meet them, won’t that be wonderful’. But that is just one of the focuses, it is just like someone exciting coming onto the stage. You’ll see that the same as if somebody moves in your peripheral vision. It is difficult to explain what it is like when you are so limited in your ability to focus. Try to imagine your speed of information scanning to be the equal of that of your computer and you will get some idea of how many focuses you seemingly can handle at any moment if your senses were programmed for it. Now if you imagine how fast the computer can continually revisit say 100 sites, many thousands of times per second say, to your senses they would all appear to be continuous, all happening simultaneously. You can see how it is possible to focus into many lives seemingly simultaneously and once you do the math you will find you could be experiencing a number of lives running into six or seven figures however incredulous that may sound. It all depends on how many things you want to experience at once, some will choose a few some will choose many, as above so below.

So it is no big deal to resurrect your physical appearance for the welcome home party. Everybody has a great time, re-lives those loving moments and the rest of it all and then of course the one coming over quickly comes up to speed and realises they never went anywhere in the first place. This is a very hard part to understand of course, that you were together all the time, there was never any separation. The puppeteers were always in contact with each other. The experience needed non-essential information to be screened out because it just wouldn’t work if it wasn’t.

Now with individual consciousnesses, as we’re calling them, are those that want to go to a human body also able to be a part of the earth or the sun or a tree or whatever or do they prefer to stick to one type of creation?

Imagine yourself as, what you would term, a singular consciousness and you open your oyster in the morning. Now, just open your mind and think to yourself, what would I like to experience today? Just for five minutes here, an hour there, I’d like to experience what it would be like to be this or that. Do just exactly that, think to yourself, I’d like to do this and now speak it.

I’m visualising myself being a cloud, looking down to see what I can see which isn’t very much because I’m in the middle of the cloud and I’m surrounded by drops of rain. Actually my cloud is changing and disappearing and now I can see down to the ground but it seems to be night time. I have now changed into air from the droplet I was before but I don’t know if I am oxygen, nitrogen or what, I just know I am in the air.

So what else do you want to do? You can do many things.

Perhaps I want to become part of a stream, bubble along over the rocks. A shallow stream merging into a deeper stream going along towards the sea, bumping into the banks every now and again and there are creatures in with us, fish and frogs and tadpoles all in the water. There is a delta where it is very shallow and now I have reached the sea and am part of a big wave going out into the deep, deep sea.

Where would you say you have described an interesting experience? An interesting journey. You have been, let us say, a water molecule both in the air and in the river and sea. In both situations you have had interesting perspectives. So you opened the oyster and you decided I will do this and I will do that. Now of course you have just opened the oyster to every single possibility that there is. You can do this, that or the other. That is yours to do every single moment even though you may agree with others to keep a certain amount of focus, focus energy, shall we say, to keep the scenery alive, to keep the puppet moving in one area. Then the rest of your energy, if you wish to call it that, your focus, your myriad focuses can be involved in many other things as well.

So you can be whatever you want to be whenever you want to be. It is a question of what holds your attention. What turns you on you might say. There is always something that is of interest because there is always interaction with others and every other sees things slightly different from every other one and so whoever you exchange conversation, ideas, thoughts with you see something slightly different. This keeps you on the move, keeps you alive and at the same time you can be resting happily in a peaceful situation deep in a rock. Still a conversation going on, still lots of particles whizzing around. While it may look unmoving from the outside once you start looking deeply within it is a mass of moving energy again.

So whichever level you are at there’s awareness. You cannot say at any one time that anything is purely inert. It cannot be so. Everything is always in motion, inertness is just a question of relativity. It is extremely difficult to understand that the “you”, the “I”, the self is something you participate in, it is not something of yours alone. It is enjoyed by many, many, many other consciousnesses.

That is very hard for us to understand.

Yes, because what you experience is the product of many but all the many experience this and they accept it because that is why they have agreed to use these senses and if we just take sight alone that is what they see and when the thought gets expressed that is what they hear as being said. When you come back to the thought that is going through what you call the mind each is aware that the thought that gets presented is already……. Let us say that the thought is like a light that requires a certain amount of electricity in order to light up. Let us say it takes 1000 volts and each volt requires the attention of one consciousness, one awareness. Like harnessing 1000 horses to something before you can move it and then it moves. So when 1000 consciousnesses focus it lights up, but which consciousness decides it is the 1000^th?

It can’t.

But can it feel it is?

I suppose it could because when the 1000^th one joins the light comes on.

And who knows who is the 1000^th?

Nobody knows except possibly the 1000^th.

Why?

Because the light came on when he joined or each joined.

But each one is thinking, you cannot see the others so you wouldn’t know you were the 1000^th. So if you think that the light came on when I joined then do you think that what you see is what you created?

Yes.

So then does your sense of “I” arise? I did that. But every other one feels the same, I did that. Because if the idea comes by and we think, “That’s a good idea” and we focus upon it and it appears, are you aware of the rest?

No.

Of course you’re not. This is what we have been saying for so long. We do not know how many consciousnesses are involved in the particular instrument at any one time and therefore we don’t know what is going to be said until it is said. We have a reasonable idea because of what is going on at the present time, the trend of the conversation, but we are still not totally sure and we may not always agree but we know that this is the product of however many consciousness’s are involved at the present time. It is a constant flux so what is the point of wondering how much does my individual consciousness influence this?

You know that you could not possibly do it on your own, you need all these others involved. It becomes a fact that ”I experienced this, I know others experienced this at the same time but it doesn’t matter because I experienced this and most of what is said and most of what happens is something I agree with”. Now I know there will be times when I am going to do this and I am not happy at doing it but I know I am going to do it and that is one of those times when it doesn’t really suit you but you have agreed to be part of it and you are happy to subjugate your strong feeling in order to go through that period to get out the other side. Your other choice is to leave and you don’t want to do that and you can apply that to your present life can’t you?

It is a question of sitting down and thinking through how the sense of “I” arises. Once you get further on than that and you start to think of what happens when someone else says “Well I was Joe” so was I, so was I, so was I…. Then you realise, well of course, we were all Joe weren’t we, wasn’t that fun?

Yes.

And so your sense of possession of the “I” disappears and your sense of sharing the “I” replaces it. Then you find it is far more fun sharing the “I” and far more secure than it is being in sole possession of the “I”. At the moment you feel that you are in sole possession of the “I” but on another level you know that you are only sharing your experience of the “I”.

You don’t know on this level.

If you did the whole point would be abrogated wouldn’t it if you did know? You have to have this sense of “I” otherwise you’d have no sense of responsibility either. You’d just say it’s all happening, it’s nothing to do with me, I’m just going along with all this. So then you wouldn’t even try to alter situations but if you all feel that you can do something different then you will get yourself in gear, shall we say and that is when the intensities of individual awareness’s come together and the intensity grows. So in a fashion, as an individual conscious awareness, if you are passionate about something you indeed are making it happen but along with others who share your passion as well but if none of you were passionate nothing would happen.

It is a co-creation of the passionate.

Everything!

Have you found this reasonably enlightening tonight?

Yes thank you.

We thank you too.

 

Your choices forever create the “I”.

Perhaps you could explain for others exactly the relevance of all that you tell us has for the way we are currently living.

The last session should give you the answer to that. You have sought interminably for the answer to why bad things happen, in your perception, and how can good and bad be part of the same thing and we have sought valiantly to answer your queries. If you read again what we have delivered, it enables you to stand away. To view what you call your behavioural reality from a distance, dispassionately to some extent. So that you can say that ‘this is a story that we are constructing with others in order to experience it”. As we said, just like getting together to put on a play.

You build the scenery, make the costumes, play your parts and then you can sit and discuss how well so and so played his part, how someone else let the side down maybe, how the dog stole the show. But you all agree it was a worthwhile endeavour and maybe you would like to do it again and take a different part and see how that worked out.

Yes.

How do you feel in your mind and in your equanimity when you view it from that perspective?

Calm and thoughtful.

There’s no pain is there? There is only a degree of interest and possibly excitement and challenge and why?

Because you are sort of watching from the wings.

Because you are constructing it and you are constructing the ‘choice belief’, the make-believe, the choice-believe. You are choosing everything that you wish to do and so are all of your brother consciousnesses involved in the endeavour. You are all aware that you are part of the production and that actually it isn’t real.

We have chosen this depiction of puppeteers and puppets to try and get the idea across, but of course once more to confuse you a little bit, the puppeteers and the puppets are one. As we have said, the observers and the observed are one (note ‘observers’), so you must now try to equate that the puppeteers and the puppets are one because it is the one (group) consciousness stretched if you will. We had to use the term stretched because you only understand in terms of separation, yet yesterday we talked about above and below, within and without, around and within but we’ll have to move into the area of ‘it all exists in the same space’ and there is no space in the first place. Then we lose you again.

Yes very difficult to say you fully understand.

But if you can imagine moving on to a different level and say that your body consists of many bodies, all of different levels of vibration. This is as far as you have got in trying to understand that the physical body may be controlled by a mental and other bodies and you have chosen ‘bodies’ in order to portray them as different degrees of ‘dispersed energy’, shall we say, vibrating at different frequencies. Suffice it to say it is all ‘one’ regardless.

If you can take this another way and imagine that your point of awareness with other points of awareness as they come together and imagine the same thing actually radiates, comes alive, in that it radiates light. So your body becomes the production of the imagination of consciousness, both from within and without together with all the apparatus that goes with making the thing work. This has to be done in conjunction with all the other group consciousnesses and we are having to say this because of your concept of separation whereas it is all one mass in the first place except there is no mass. Then of course we are back to the concept of the one god, one mind, breaking itself up into different imaginative elements. It is up to you how you want to form your own beliefs.

Yes.

For your purposes here and for some time in what you would term the hereafter you may as well look upon it as being ‘you’ve joined together with other consciousnesses to create, explore and enjoy the imaginative reality and events and experiences that you all choose to experience’. You are doing this in as many focused areas as you wish to focus into and when you wish to move from one to another you can do so. But the “I” that you experience as Joe cannot move into the “I” that is Joanna and still think of itself as Joe. Do you understand that? When you move from focusing in your group consciousness of Joe and move to your focusing in your group consciousness of Joanna you will only be Joanna. You will have no recollection of being Joe.

Yes I fully appreciate that. Separateness is essential to prevent confusion of identity.

And when you move your gaze back in to being Joe you will only be Joe and will have no recollection of being Joanna.

Your ”I” is only where you focus. You will eventually understand that there is no “I” as you think of it. You co-create the ”I” and you share the “I” and you do that with every “I” and so you are happy to rest in who you are in the now. Do you understand this?  ( To all our readers, please let us know if you can accept this and/or understand the concept of co-creation generally)

Yes, I can accept the idea.

If a thought comes from someone saying “do you remember being Joe?” you immediately think yes because he is already focused in the Joe pattern and the mere mention of it links it in and you are once more Joe. Because their thought is focused on Joe you are immediately aware of Joe and you link in and you both link in to the same knowledge bank, which is ever present. So once more you are focused upon the ‘Joe’ that is always there. There is always somebody, if you wish, remembering, but when they remember, ‘Joe’, is active. This is why everything always exists. You think in terms of ”How can it exist if it isn’t moving forward and being sequentialised. The existence of ‘Joe’ depends on a whole group of consciousness. As consciousness thinks of Joe, Joe is alive because Joe is a combination of all the thoughts, and so is everything, of all the consciousnesses that are focused upon that pattern. Do you understand?

Yes.

So, just as you agreed on the scenery and the characters, you agreed on the nature of Joe. As you think of Joe it is just like putting it out over your Facebook, all those interested in Joe see the Joe contact and are immediately, shall we say, linked in, if they care to be. They are automatically linked and they must make a conscious decision if they do not wish to link, if that focus does not interest them anymore. But for the instant they are linked. There are always those, like the die-hards we have referred to who will always be curious and will focus in.

To make it easier, as consciousnesses both focused into the Joe pattern you can both discuss what is going on, it isn’t quite like that but it is the easiest way for your present understanding. When you decide to switch to another focus you are then that one, and that one and that one. You are all these things at once and yet when you move your focus away you are no longer that. You will be thinking that you will be carrying the experiences from one to the other and you will remember the experiences of others but you have to get into your conception that the idea of forever becoming is ‘you are forever being changed by your experiences’ but you cannot remember those experiences unless you focus back into the pattern from which that experience was derived. Can you understand what we are saying?

To a certain extent.

In other words you will not be using memory. It is as if you are a bucket of paint and each time you experience something a drop of paint of a different colour is mixed in fractionally changing the colour of the paint, but can you find the drop?

No.

So can you understand this as experiences continually changing the nature of the substance? The substance that is your awareness. Which is continually being changed by your experiences and yet with no recollection but the pattern still exists so if you wish to focus once more on that, as soon as you focus in, instant update. But because there is no time it is not actually an update, you are just aware of everything once more. You will have missed nothing because you are aware of everything. (So, no gaps, no catch up) This is all very hard conceptually but we are moving you on slowly from previous explanations which were relatively simple to the more difficult to comprehend nature of who you are. To try to get you to drop this idea of a static “I” and understand that you are a forever becoming state of being constantly being modulated by experience which blends into your overall, you may say, experience bank but is not segregated or compartmentalised.

Yet because the patterns always exist you can, if you become aware of a thought from a loved one say that is coming over, immediately focus back on the pattern with which that loved one has a link and so once more you have that experience and, you may say, re-live the feelings etc. Everything is always there and yet it is not there in the fashion……. You use memory in order to hold onto things because you think they are past. That is the only reason you use memory, it is memory of a past, but when there is no past there is no need for memory because it is always there but then you will say “well how do I access it then?” As we said, when something triggers the need to and that need generally comes from association because when you are absorbed in something else how does it come up except through a thought and that thought has to come from somewhere and then the link is made and off you go.

I think we’ve provided quite a lot of food for thought here, more mental gymnastics. Put that out there and see whether it evokes some response.

Thank you, I will.

How We Choose Our Lives and Their Events.

Do you actually choose the lives that you wish to lead and how do you choose? You said the other day that there was no plan but it seems to me that there has to be a plan as to how that life is going to proceed or is it random?

The method of choices is not so much you deciding that you want this, that and the other in some form of even random order because what you are asking for is a list of experiences to be experienced by an instrument. But the instrument has to be constructed by a conglomeration of consciousness and a far larger one than you think. You would have to have a very large number of other consciousnesses all wanting to experience the particular list of events etc. that you have drawn up. Now just how likely is that to be?

Whereas on the other hand if you said, ‘Here is a broad brush idea, it is intended to be a male with average sporting abilities, will get married, have children, will have a career in a profession and encounter many problems but will have the satisfaction of overcoming challenge after challenge after finding themselves in despair from having to start from the bottom again. They will travel and see the world, live to a good age and enjoy reasonable health’. If you took a scenario like that other consciousnesses would look at it and say ‘Sounds quite interesting’.

But if you went into fine detail how many would say ‘that’s not for me and that’s not for me’ and remember your playlet, plan, whatever, has got to have the other participants whose choices mesh with your proposed experiences and events and these are all ideas that are floating around. So you can see that actually putting this thing together takes quite a lot of to-ing and fro-ing and quite a lot of compromising. You may start out with an idea that you want to do X, Y and Z, and settle for doing X and experiencing A as well and maybe K because there are those who want to do A and K. They wanted to do A, B and C and now they find themselves agreeing to AXK.

It depends on the attraction of the particular experiences and how many others want to be part of that because, as we keep on saying, you cannot construct anything on your own. If you wish to experience a certain event others will also need to want to experience it. It is not a question of saying ‘I want to do this, that and the other, where are my parents?’ There may be brothers and sisters, uncles and aunts involved, mothers, fathers, children. These things all have to be considered and put together so that there is room for manoeuvre and openings for others to come in.

It starts off with a larger consciousness with a larger plan, or a larger playlet. If you could imagine all the participants in your particular life being part of a larger group, as they would have to be in order to enact the playlet that you are currently participating in, that is the larger consciousness, shall we say.  Again we are talking chicken and egg here, are we talking about a larger consciousness with a big idea attracting others or are we talking about consciousnesses getting together with the idea of putting on a play, considering various suggestions and ways of putting them all together?  Do you understand?

So we are really back to talking about plans although…

Just don’t use the word. Desires, choices instead.

So who initiates those desires?

What have we just said?

That the larger group..

And what did we also say?

That everyone has to agree…

We said chicken and egg, it can come together from a top down or bottom up process. It can start with a very small idea that is added to or from a big idea that needs the details filling in, all is possible.

So what is the idea behind these experiences?

Do you want to sit on the stone or do you want to move about?

So even when it comes down to a very poor life, must that still be desirable?

Would you be happy to get murdered in the first act?

I’m not talking about murder…

We are making you think. You are talking about a poor life which is a choice. Being murdered in the first act is a choice. There is always somebody who is prepared to be murdered in the first act, there is always somebody who is happy to experience the poor life. For there to be long and short straws there has to be those who happily accept the short straw although you must remember that these are simply varieties of experience. They are only long and short from your point of view. It is all just focus, it is all unreal, so you don’t mind choosing the short straw. You have many things going on so if someone asks you to help out as the plot requires someone dying at birth then why not?

So you could have somebody who comes on for a very long life but it’s a very hard life living with very little food and water.

But, as we have said, are you on the stage or at the back of the theatre. It depends on how much you are connected. There are those who can live a very poor life and yet be quite fatalistic about it, ‘this is my lot, yes, it’s not the greatest but I’m relatively healthy, I sleep well, I get enough food to keep me going and I’ve got plenty of people to talk to’. This is a physical experience. It may not be wildly exciting but on the other hand I have also got another life going which is wildly exciting so I can withdraw every now and again and compare my experiences and contemplate my preferences.

Is it better to have this huge mortgage and the stresses and strains of the upkeep of this house or do I experience more contentment and peace of mind by having very little and not having to care about it? So I look outwards and find that my relationships are perhaps less fraught than where the scramble for material possessions causes a lot of stress. How else would you find out which is the better way to live? How do you experience values without comparison?

Yes. Would you say that now the majority of people have got access through computers and phones etc. to what is going on throughout the world that it has caused a lot more discontent in those living in what we would consider to be the poorer areas whereas in terms of overall happiness they may have been considered good areas?

You could say ignorance is bliss, knowledge creates desire. If that desire is seen as being pie in the sky as regards fulfilment then one can leave it there but if it is seen as attainable then one considers the price of attainment and whether one is prepared to pay that price. So you find that the addiction to desire, shall we say, spreads and it waxes and wanes. You have a classic case at the moment in that peoples of poor and war torn nations have been given the ‘Dick Whittington’ concept that the streets of Europe are paved with gold but like Dick Whittington the ones that have reached there are finding out differently. Some of those will find the stress and strain of city life in the Western world too much and will return to the simpler life they left and inform others of the reality of living in those areas.

When thinking on this subject you must keep reminding yourself that you are not limited to the one life. You can afford to dip a toe in here, dip a toe in there and as we just said, if you want to compare experiences you need to experience both and to do that you may need to join two group consciousnesses at the same time or many group consciousnesses. So you will have several programs you can be switching in and out of, to make it easier for you to understand. Imagine yourself focusing in on the stage of the poor life and feeling the emotions and the pain while at the same time you could feel the exultation and the power and the gourmet experience of events in another life.

Now as we talked about with the forever becoming business each experience in each life is changing you, you don’t need to keep it in mind because you can go back and have another look. You will know what it feels like to be right there and so you won’t have the desire to experience it again unless the particular experience left such a mark that you feel it was wonderful. There will be a nostalgia, a longing, to do something again and for others there will be an instant ‘I don’t want to do that’ and you may not know why. Because you have long since learned that there is no point in dragging up old memories. Unless you want to go replay it there is simply no point.

There are always so many ideas coming along and of course you cannot replay the same life anyway. You can play a new, improved version along with other consciousnesses. Very few people want to go back and be a slave in Roman times for example. They may be curious but not want to experience a whole life time so may with others agree to re-invigorate a segment. When we say the pattern exists it is not a static pattern. Everything always exists so every frame in that life does exist so you can step in with enough other consciousnesses but in order to experience it in the full all the other characters have to as well so again you have a huge operation to organise. If you want to experience being part of the Roman army surrounded by hundreds of centurions well then you will need the hundreds of centurions. Even though you put that down to imagination you need all the other consciousnesses imagining as well.

So who is involved with the organisation?

Everybody is involved with the organisation that is the whole point.

Surely that would be chaotic?

It is simply a matter of coming to agreement. Think how your present life is organised. Is it chaotic or do some people agree to be a coordinator, listen to everybody, circulate ideas and have them voted upon? You have to vote by means of a physical mechanism but if you could vote immediately by thought transfer how fast would things happen? Then speed that up to the speed of your fastest computers and agreement via a majority would seem to you to be almost instantaneous. ‘This is what the majority are going to do, you outliers can join or you can go and find something else. Who wants to come along? All those in favour say ‘aye’. It is immediate. Just because the physical process is slow and cumbersome you have to realise the consciousness process is not, it is basically instantaneous.

Now tell me something else. If a group of you, consciousnesses, wanted to say something that David would totally disagree with, would you be able to do that?

It is not a question of David, David is the group consciousness so there is no such thing as David. There is only what the consciousness is projecting at any particular time, in the words they say, in the actions they agree to perform and so the personality, moods etc. may change by varying degrees.

So a different group of consciousnesses would not be able to speak through David and say something in opposition to his beliefs?

It is not a question of ‘he’. You have the group consciousnesses there as we say with the teachers. You come into this situation that is happening now. The ones that are focused purely into the physical aspects, which are all they want to be generally interested in, of the pattern, instrument which you insist upon calling David, are now supplemented by more and more joining due to the fact that you have started exploring this area and the uniqueness of the operation makes it very interesting and so the balance of opinion changes. You would call that ‘the mind started to open’ but a more appropriate statement would be ‘his consciousness has expanded’. There wasn’t a single consciousness in the first place, the expansion has come from the additional consciousnesses joining the existing consciousnesses already focused in the pattern. You refer to that as ‘you are now more open minded than you used to be’ but it is simply that more cows of a different colour joined the herd and so gradually it changes.

Now this is a matter of intensity as well. If you have people who don’t particularly want to listen then you will need proportionately larger numbers of consciousnesses to sway the opinion but if they are open and amenable to listening they will not contribute their opinion, they will listen to what is being said which means the teachers thoughts can then be expressed by the spoken words while the others sit back and listen. In other words the day-to-day focused consciousnesses have moved to the back of the theatre and the teachers have moved onto the stage. The teachers have the microphone and the other consciousnesses are listening  and when you decide that you have had enough or the teachers decide to leave then the others return to the stage but this time they have some more knowledge. (and if the words are convincing the worldview of ‘David’ changes, you find that your new belief seems to be eminently reasonable).

It is a question of ebb and flow, of consciousness joining and leaving the focus of attention changing the actions of the instrument.

So obviously if you had two different instruments both sitting there in a trance state you could have very diverging views from the two different instruments?

First of all you have to look at the two instruments and their already basic belief systems, the groups of consciousnesses that comprise those two particular instruments. So let us assume that there are two similar instruments with similar beliefs who presumably would have compatible views when discussing a particular subject. Let us use politics. Two Labour would be agreeing on many issues and two Conservative would be agreeing likewise. But if you put one of each together, especially if they were to the extreme of their relative spectrums, then there would be differing views and little agreement. But who would they attract and what would their belief systems allow to be spoken? When we say the belief systems this means the consciousness group which comprises the  Labour or Conservative instruments. You would need some very intense and large groups of consciousnesses to come and join in order to overpower the consciousnesses that are already there and why would they want to do that? They will join the group whose view is compatible with their own not a group with opposing views.

Think of what you would do in the same position for you are a group consciousness. You will go to where you feel attracted to and that attraction will be a product of, will be influenced by the experiences you have had before. You may not be fully aware of it but an idea will attract you or repel you and you won’t particularly know why. In some cases you may, it depends on how advanced your group is or rather what your group is interested in i.e. if it is a group that wants to understand, wants to know.

You might say you are looking at personalities so if you can attribute a personality to a single awareness then like attracts like and you will get an instrument with a personality that the consciousnesses involved all feel comfortable with. Otherwise it wouldn’t be produced in the first place. So you are back to choice again, aren’t you?

Yes. A point that you could expand upon is playlets within plays.

As we said you can construct from the top down or the bottom up but most will be a compromise between the two. Some will see the big picture others will be interested in the detail. The big picture may not suit everybody and there will be points which are inconsistent and those inconsistencies will need to be ironed out. You will reach a position where you agree that the idea accommodates the possibility of all the desired experiences of the majority.

If there was a completely constructed plan with a system of time embedded and this, that and the other will happen at certain times, that wouldn’t leave much room for uncertainty because you are still the same consciousness whether you are on the stage or off the stage and you have to effectively use your focus to blot out your knowledge. You do not bother to remember that you know. To have that complete uncertainty which is part of the idea you need to forget your original choices and let them surface as feelings and desires. If you think about this, when you are a teenager where does your desire to get married come from? Your desire to have children or not?

It must come from the group.

Yes, but it must have come from an aspiration, a group aspiration which was probably outlined in the original idea that all decided to manifest into the physical. Due to the effect of experiences from childbirth to teenage the original idea, rather than the veils of forgetfulness, just seems to get lost in the midst of time, you might say. These agreements are agreed to because you know it’s not real, you know it’s just an experience, so you just agree to a whole lot of things quite quickly because at the time they don’t carry any particular import.

I can understand that.

‘Yes, that sounds like a good idea. Let’s go to the pictures.’ Five years time. ‘Do you remember that film we saw on your birthday five years ago? Well, um, er, no. Do you remember what we did that day? No, no idea.’ If you can’t remember your physical experiences you’re hardly likely to remember your non-physical experiences are you while focused in the physical. And even when you come out of the physical and you look at your life review you often don’t realise you had agreed to all that in the first place. Later on you know that you must have agreed to all that because that is what happened. You may not understand why you agreed to some things ‘I’m sure I wouldn’t have agreed to that but it’s all over and done with so it doesn’t matter anyway, I’m still me’.

Like there are strong characters over here are there strong groups over there who wish to experience certain things and because of that are other groups almost coerced into playing parts which otherwise they would not have chosen?

How many realities do you think there are that you can experience?

I should imagine enormous numbers.

Sure. So can anybody bully anybody?

They certainly can here.

Can anybody bully anybody into experiencing this reality?

That is what I am asking you.

We are just asking you to think. If you have the choice of all different realities you will choose that which appeals to you, an experience you want to go through. As we have said before and as Seth has said, “nobody dies unless they agree to it”. Now that is pretty final as regards an instrument, so when you talk about bullying nobody can be bullied unless they agree to it. No part is played unless  you agree to playing the part otherwise you simply switch your focus. If somebody comes along with an idea, or an idea floats by that you like and are happy to do, then you do it. If you don’t you merely look somewhere else. Do you understand?

Yes.

There cannot be coercion, there can only be consensus.

So you don’t have groups that are stronger than other groups?

You have groups that prefer certain activities. You have awarenesses that prefer certain activities and so they group with others that prefer those activities. Just look at your own society and see how like attracts like. Who are members of Bikie gangs and who are members of the groups that care for disadvantaged children? Who are the volunteer workers in the hospitals and who are they that belong to the drug cartels? Do you understand what we are saying?

Yes.

These people have different ideas, different groups they want to be involved with, but of course it can be the same individual consciousness belonging to both of these groups. It can be experiencing opposites if it wishes to do so and merely comparing the experiences. Everybody can be involved in everything. If you want to keep switching from one group to the other to the other to the other you can do so but most find that they don’t like to be whipsawed between one feeling and another because experiences change who you are. You don’t want to experience something which turns you into one way of thinking, focus elsewhere and find yourself feeling differently because you start questioning who you really are. So you tend to go where you feel attracted to. Ideas that do not appeal do not generally get focussed upon. There could be an instance where one may desire to experience how, say, a jihadist thinks but that would require a deal of courage knowing that those feelings could affect you. On the other hand some find camaraderie and purpose in fighting for a cause and don’t consider whether their actions are justified or not. It is just an experience they find thrilling and enjoyable.

You can be in an idyllic mansion with untold wealth and yet feel very much alone and perhaps envy someone who has a strong support group and involvement in a consuming cause. It is a comparison of values. Some prefer a simple life with family and friends while others prefer achievement, power, prestige etc. and all shades in between.

You perceive from where you are because you are in the process of forever becoming and at present you are what you have become. It is the same old business about walking a mile in another man’s shoes. You would have to experience, fully, what the other life was like. How many in the physical are prepared to say “I am going to give all this up and I am going to go and live with the natives in the jungle where they basically have nothing and live from hand to mouth”. So once again, as above so below as you are only a projection of the consciousnesses that have the feeling of what they want to do. There is no separation. You feel that you are separate from those who run you but as we have said previously it is difficult for you to understand that you are what you are, there is no other. You have to look at what you are and say ”I am a single awareness and part of the group consciousness that holds these values that are being projected to form what I see as Jean and so the way that I feel is “me”. There is no separate me that feels differently, while it is focussed on the pattern of Jean. Now it is focussing on all these other patterns as well but in each instance it is a separate “I”.

It is impossible for you in your present focus to say I am all these things because you cannot experience your separate “I”s as an observer and yet you are being changed by those experiences. Everyone is being changed all the time. It is not a question of you deciding what you want to be because that is changing all the time. To a certain degree you are at the mercy of your own particular choices. When you make the choice to participate in an idea you adopt beliefs arising from experiences in each one which are continually changing you as an awareness but you are not aware that you are being changed. You are merely aware that your preferences have changed somewhat. On another level you are aware of the process so you don’t bother to examine why your preferences have changed, you are happy to rest in the who that you are now knowing that you may be a slightly different who tomorrow. Just as you are aware that you were a slightly different who yesterday, in your time terms. So you just go along opening the oyster and making choices.

As long as you feel happy in who you are. It is the same here, as long as you are happy in who you are you don’t change much. If you don’t feel happy in who you are you go looking for something that will change you, even though you may not realise exactly what you are doing. It is all rather simple actually and rather sort of ho-hum in that there is no big plan for attainment, there is no big secret to just being who you are, no big secret to just being an awareness.

You have to create the diversity and the separation to make it exciting. So you can go back if you wish to your concept of god sitting there thinking what on earth am I going to do with myself? Well, I’ll create all these different experiences, different organisms, give them free will and watch the show. Of course that is exactly what you are doing. Again you can come back to the concept that “we are all god”.

Do you have any idea what is going on with David’s head?

This is an eruption. You might say that this is something that wishes to leave, one way or another. This is not easy to explain to you but when it has been removed what would you say has been the motivation of the cells that comprised the particular piece that was going to be removed?

Well, you can only say that they were fed up with being there, but surely an easier way for them to leave would be just to slouch off.

But would that have been the same experience?

No.

And would the consciousnesses that are involved in the whole pattern have experienced these feelings and the interaction with other people. Although these are what you might call nuisance factors, they are still experiences and if you are going to have a play or playlet, especially in the fashion of a human life and you have to maintain the vehicles, then you have to go through an awful lot of very mundane stuff. You can’t have it all highs and lows constantly. You have to have the ordinary pedestrian experiences along the way, all minor challenges in one way or another and when it comes to expansion of knowledge do you know more about this subject than you knew before?

Yes.

Would you bother to go looking for this knowledge otherwise?

No.

So you are experimenting with self- treatment and if you find something that works you will tell other people won’t you? You may be able to help and also you are giving others employment. All sorts of things need to happen to make the wheels go round, if nobody got sick then there would be a lot more unemployed people. When you look at the playlet you are involved in, rather than the word society, you have sub-plots all over the place. The main plot , you might say, is surviving from birth to death but you have sub-plots everywhere in how this one survives and that one survives and all the different personalities and events that are constructed and experienced. Diversity is the source of interest and is absolutely necessary to keep the whole show continuing on. Necessity is the mother of invention and the necessity of maintaining interest in the physical reality requires an ever-changing parade of new events and items of shock and awe, if you wish. As you turn the stones over there are new and exciting things underneath. Just look at the flow of ideas that are coming past you at the moment in the physical. If you sit at that computer how many new things will you see if you search?

Innumerable.

You could be on there all day, couldn’t you? Now switch yourself to a point of awareness watching ideas come by. You can’t see them all, you will choose some to focus upon. Much in the same way as you browse the internet you will choose some sites to read. Meanwhile there are thousands more out there. Do you think you could ever get around to them all?

No.

No. As above so below. Exactly the same. So imagine the possibilities here and imagine the possibilities in consciousness. As an analogy imagine the possibilities for someone living deep in the jungle compared with the possibilities you enjoy. So, the possibilities are endless and you cannot possibly know of them all and you never will. New areas are being dis-covered continually. That does not mean to say that they are not active, it just means that you haven’t come across them.

So when you dis-cover something it is not as if you have taken the cover off something which is inanimate, you merely switch your gaze and put together a particular combination of senses, shall we say, and something else appears. “Well, I didn’t know that was there”. No, because you did not know where to look, and you did not know how to look. As you move from one to the other the degrees of commonality …… let us say you are enjoying a particular aspect, you become a particular group of experiences that feels in a certain fashion, so when another idea comes by you feel attracted to it. But it’s all degrees and as you feel attracted to that, let us say you see the ghostly image and as you focus closer and you communicate someone says “if you change the frequency to X you will see a lot better”. Suddenly it comes into focus and you pick up the settings, shall we say, that are needed to fully appreciate that reality. Then you can make the decision whether you wish to join in with that reality.

Just like looking at a night sky that is full of millions of stars where the intensity of the light is continually moving between the stars. Your focus looks at the different lights doesn’t it noting the brightness of some against the others. Now imagine if there was a different intensity in the event scenario there and you could focus in and you could see what was going on, what would happen to the rest of the night sky?

You would ignore it.

Yes. And there would be another over there and you would focus into that one, but if you found one that held your attention you would notice that the span of attention that you would need to afford that particular scenario is such that you can afford to turn your attention to somewhere else and then just shuttle backwards and forwards basically getting two continuous pictures as we have explained before.  The tiny fraction of a second that passes between when you left and when you come back is insufficient for you to notice any difference. As we have said before you can shuttle between 8 or 12 or whatever number you wish to keep continuous contact with, such is the speed of cognition, even though they are all separate focuses and mostly because they are so different you don’t bother with comparisons. You are focusing in that particular one, you are looking at what is going on and adding your thoughts to what is going on, you are on the stage, part of the action. The minute you are focusing you are thinking and your thoughts are combining with others who are similarly focused to produce the reality you are experiencing. You, and all the others involved, are creating the reality you are experiencing without realising it, without knowing it.

Except, as we are talking, we accept and understand that we are creating that reality, but it doesn’t mean anything to us, we just simply know it is. We go along with it because we understand that we couldn’t create it on our own anyway so what is the point of thinking that we alone create it.

We experience it, we know we experience it, we know we are going along with a majority. We like it or we don’t like it and at some stage we decide that we like it enough to stay around and keep focusing backwards and forwards into it or we decide we will just focus in now and again for curiosity’s sake knowing that we will understand what went on anyway.

Are you beginning to understand more how you are just who you are?

Slowly.

Forever becoming, changed by your focuses into the realities that you are co-creating, but not creating them with aforementioned intent, you are co-creating them with instantaneous response to what you are seeing and at the same time you may be looking at the unfolding events and wish them to go a certain way. You may have a desire to see a certain outcome because that will come from the who you are but whether the majority will have the same desire will become apparent. It may or may not turn out to be to your satisfaction but you will change. You may decide not to focus there anymore. That doesn’t mean to say the play stops. The pattern goes on, the play goes on, you are no longer interested in it but you haven’t died. Nor has the pattern died. Jean or David doesn’t die because certain consciousnesses decide to focus elsewhere as other consciousnesses come in. It is not until there are not enough consciousnesses to sustain the play that the pattern is discontinued.

You will need to turn this over in your mind and apply your reason and logic to begin to understand.

It is like a whole series of plays, all the time the audiences are sufficient to sustain the actors the play goes on. When there is no longer sufficient paying audience the play is discontinued. Now just scale that up into the zillions of consciousnesses that are needed to portray the playlet you are part of in just your local area let alone the rest of the world. And the whole thing has to mesh because there is a ripple effect from every action and so you can begin to see the vast intricacy of the whole exercise. In the end you can say ”Yes, I can see how it all happens but meanwhile this is the focus I have got and it seems to be set up so that apart from the occasional bleedthrough I can’t experience anything else I may be involved in while I am focusing in this reality and if I focus in another  one I can’t remember this one”.  It may be frustrating but by now you can understand why.

Yes.

Without you being aware of it there is some effect of your actions and feelings in one focus that has a limited effect on how you act in another. An aura effect, we will put it that way .Because of the ongoing nature of new ideas, new ideas, new ideas you are not in the position of being able to sit back and compare your, say, 10 lives. You may be aware, in some cases, that you are leading these lives but you are not in a position to compare them. Not for a long while any way. Even then you realise the futility in comparing them because it is how you feel, not how you judge. Do you understand that?

Yes.

When a new idea comes along you will not examine it and judge whether you want to get involved or not, you simply will want to or not want to. Your feeling will automatically guide your decision, you will instantly sense yes or no. In much the same way as when you taste something you immediately know whether you like it or not. Now ask yourself why do you like one taste but not like another taste and you will find it quite difficult to give yourself an answer. You may search for some comparison but you will find it hard to find a comparison. How often do you say to yourself “Why don’t I like that taste”?  You don’t do you? But in your life somewhere something taught you, something you experienced, gave you the impression or the feeling that “I don’t want to taste this”.

That is pretty much how you can view experiences. You might apply that to sound as well. Certain sounds from a violin can sound hauntingly beautiful or extremely harsh and jarring whereas someone else might feel that the gravity and power, thunder and lightning of what you would call harsh is appealing and so then you can see that in the light of your good and bad.

It is how you view things, who you are, based on your experiences.

Quantum Entanglement, Non-Locality and Interconnected Consciousness. 6th February 2018

All verify that you are eternally connected to those you love.

Rosenblum and Kuttner: “In principle…any two objects that have ever interacted are forever entangled.  The behaviour of one instantaneously influences the other.  An entanglement exists even if the interaction is through each of the objects having interacted with a third object.  In principle, our world has a universal connectedness.”

Sir Charles Sherrington  1857-1952 Neurologist, Nobel Prize winner, President of the Royal Society: ” How far is the one mind a collection of quasi-independent minds integrated physically in large measure by temporal concurrence of experience?

When quantum particles are entangled they cannot be described individually. They form a single quantum object even though they may be located far apart.

Is there any further information that you can give us that possibly we might not understand but somebody accessing the website might understand?

You will have realised from your own searches into the current theories and philosophies that are propounded at the present time and from your membership of the Scientific and Medical Network that the information we have provided so far is what you might call at the outer limits of conjecture as regards the general attachment to the notion of self. Even though we feel that the process as we have described it is quite readily understandable there is a reluctance on the part of most to, if you would like to say the word, “accept” that it is a question of even understanding the acceptance of the idea of decision making by majority after a lifetime’s believing wholeheartedly in the fact that you are singularly responsible for your thoughts and actions. Even though you may wonder where your thoughts come from you still believe that your actions derive solely from your own decisions; that you make your own minds up albeit influenced by others and by circumstance. Even so you believe that when it comes to the crux that the sole responsibility for a particular decision rests with yourself.

Now to have to give up that control and simply sit back and wait for the decision to come to you takes some understanding because you will still feel that “Ah, I think I’ll do this”.

What is happening? You are responding to what you might call the mass decision, the majority of the mass of consciousness that is, at that time, focused on, what you might call, your particular instrument or identity and its position in its surroundings. So it would be quite difficult for you to stand aside and see a decision made from taking an objective point of view because you are part of the decision making process. The nearest you can get to this particular position is feeling that you have to do something, that this decision to a certain degree is being forced upon me. “I’d rather not do it, but I simply have to do it because I can’t see that there is any other action I can possibly take”. You will blame that on various factors, relationships, circumstance and other strictures but you are unlikely to think to yourself “Well, it’s simply the fact that the majority want to do something else, they don’t see it the same way as I do’.

So you will still take them (decisions made) as your own because really the decision is your own in that you will go along with the thought even though you don’t wish to. Because what is the alternative? The alternative is to switch focus and to do that you will leave the present focus into the physical. Now, of course, you can take the attitude “Well, I’ll sleep on it and so I’ll make no decision and see how I feel in the morning”. Can you speculate yourself as to what might happen during the intervening hours when you are no longer focused into the physical as we previously told you? Would you care to give an opinion on that?

Interaction with other consciousnesses which could give you an answer.

Certainly change your opinion or show you alternatives but point out that “this is the best way” or simply, “we know that may be the best way but we are quite interested in trying this other avenue”. Yes?

Yes.

So your indecision may last for some time but if the overall life of the instrument still holds its attraction then you will stay with it. You will decide that it may be interesting to see what would happen if that course was followed. Normally I would do this but what would happen if I did that?

Yes.

So this is the tough part about taking you any further because in order for you to understand more you would need to understand the feeling of the intensity of thought and the flow of thought and you are really not in a position to do that. You have to be in the world of thought in order to do this, to be aware of all the thoughts that are out there. At the moment you are only aware of the thought as produced by the confluence of thought, shall we say, the thoughts that emerged to which there is a consensus agreement. You are not aware of the multitude of thoughts that goes into that. This is one difficulty.

Now when it comes down to other aspects, as you have seen various scenarios propounded, in the “simulation” hypothesis for example, what is imagination but a simulation?

Yes.

Except for the fact that the imagination is, shall we say, somewhat spontaneous. Spontaneous within prescribed parameters, a certain framework into which you have to operate, in that you can’t expect to operate as if you were at sea if you are on land. Different procedures may be necessary. So you could easily say that simulation could marry up with imagination and the same goes for virtual realities. It makes sense to imagine that somewhere you are wearing a virtual helmet, watching a virtual screen.  After all, what is it inside your head but a virtual screen? You have no idea. We may just as well say that what you are looking at is this, to make it easy for you, sea of moving waves, this 2 dimensional surround of “pixels” and wherever you look then what you see is the mass imagination, the majority imagination.

We are now moving into an area which is slightly different. We have touched upon this before when we were talking about a leader going along and as they do the imagining then you pick up on that imagining and accept it and go with it. See the large mountain on the right, yes, see the small mountain on the left, yes, and so you gradually set your environment up as you go along. We have said the same thing about the shoals of fish and the flocks of birds in that one sends a thought out, the others instantly get the thought and so instantly turn left, right or whatever.

Have you thought in terms of the fact that these flocks of birds or shoals of fish, in regards to gestalt consciousness, are all involved in the decision making? It is not just the leader saying “here’s a picture, go left, go right”, it’s the whole lot simply because of the speed, actually it is instantaneous but that is beyond your present comprehension. (The concepts of quantum entanglement and non-locality are the nearest equivalents to instantaneous communication). Everybody gets to say go left or go right and of course in the speed of things when it comes to say shoals of fish evading predators then that may be panic stations, resulting in left and right being yelled out all over the place. Whereas with flocks of birds do you notice the fact that the movement of flocks of birds is quite graceful. Now why would they do that do you think? The feeling of their movement against the air, would it be enjoyable?

I would imagine so.

If they were stopping and starting, dropping like a stone and having to start up again. You don’t see that do you? You see long graceful movements in the main. Maybe some turns. Pilots involved in acrobatic displays do the same thing, they do manoeuvres and loop the loops, rolls etc. but it all shows control and a certain pleasure in executing a manoeuvre as far as the birds are concerned and to a degree the fish when they are not being pursued may take pleasure in performing rhythmic movements much as you do when you are dancing or Tai Chi or whatever. But then you are entering into a mass agreement because the mass may decide in its imagination that it wishes to experience x, y and z. Once you think of the fact that even though we said before that there are different gestalts of consciousness, which indeed there are, doing their own thing, then due to the interconnectedness of consciousness there will be contact between all consciousness.

Just consider that all are aware of everything that is likely to happen (this would account for premonitions) because if they care to survey the “ocean of thought”, shall we say, much as you go to the internet and look at the world news, then you decide which interests you and which doesn’t interest you. When you are aware that an earthquake or hurricane or some other disaster is imminent, even say the plane or ship you intend to travel on or the turning you were going to take, you are aware of the likelihood of the outcome of taking said action and taking alternative actions because all probabilities are weighed and explored in one fashion or another. That doesn’t mean to say that all are experienced but one can certainly extrapolate them to their likely outcome and then you, your gestalt that is, can decide whether you wish to take the instrument into that particular environment with the knowledge that it may not come out of it or in other cases it definitely will not come out of it and that will be the exit that is planned. Although from your point of view this is seemingly against the run of reason, from another point of view, in that you may also be focusing through many of the gestalts that comprise your family and acquaintances etc., you will still be fully aware and fully focused into the physical but simply through different eyes. You actually don’t lose anything particular except a certain point of view from the one instrument no longer around, but you are still surrounded by the same environment and people except for the one. (Perhaps this is where the proposition arose that we are all one another )

Now if you had been focusing through all these, you obviously would not be aware of it, but you can easily see that losing the focus through one wouldn’t be a big deal. Would you agree?

Yes.

You may miss out on a few experiences but in general the experiences will still be yours to enjoy.

We have covered a small part of an area into which you can look further. Whether it will have any practical value to you other than theoretical projection it is up to you to decide because what you have learned so far has given you a certain amount of peace in knowing that there is no question that you will survive the end of the physical body but you understandably would like to know more about your own physical trials and tribulations prior to your intended departure and also as to when that is likely to be. Of course this is all purely looked at from the point of view of the focus into the physical, because in order to take on the viewpoint the individual consciousness focuses into the gestalt and then one has to simply go with the flow and accept what goes on and just live one day at a time. That has got to be the goal of all those who wish to relieve themselves of worry and anxiety about the future. Simply wake up in the morning and “what shall we fill today with?” Put on one side the fact that this may or may not happen.

Now David likes to be in control of the day-to-day and the future. What is the point of buying this plant if I am uncertain as to whether I will see it mature? But if he took a moment to think about it then he would still see it wouldn’t he? (This puts another meaning into “the futurity of present decision”).

As we have just said, through somebody else’s eyes or simply by just focusing in. So how do you feel about those back in Europe who planted vast estates with no likelihood, from the physical point of view, of ever seeing them to maturity? Did they somehow know or did the gestalt know, and of course it did, they would see the end result of their efforts even though they may not be seeing it through one particular instruments eyes. For those who seemingly plan for developments outside their projected lifescale you must think to yourself that the consciousnesses doing this are involved in creation that by nature of the physical takes longer than the human lifetime. So why not? Why should you limit yourself to a human lifetime when it is only a focus through an instrument?

Now, you sit back and think to yourself “well I’m going to focus through several sequential instruments”. Yes?

Yes.

Even though some of those may be alive at the same time. For example, you could be focused through several instruments, all of different ages, all in the same location and all aware of their environment. For you, your sequentiality of experience can be to you, provided you see it from that angle, basically unbroken. You can be looking at it through the eyes of the grandfather. The father is an adult as well, you can be looking through those eyes. The son is reaching adulthood as well and has memories of his childhood and so we go on. You don’t have to stay in the family line either.

You can be the tree.

You can even be the tree if you wish, yes.

If you are part of the person who is doing the planting and you wish to be part of the environment, you could give the instrument the idea of planting. It doesn’t matter whether it is for his lifetime because it is for your (planned) lifetime(s).

You make a good point in that it is possible that a group of trees may want to arrange themselves in a certain order. Now we could come back to another area of your previous mythology, you might say, that the god Pan is responsible for the flora.

I’m not aware of that, I don’t remember.

Let us look at gestalts which are not focused through physical eyes and are simply wishing to design the beautiful vista, shall we say. But in order to design that particular vista, yes, they can have it in the imagination like everything else but you all can work in different ways. You can draw or paint a vase or you can actually make a vase, two different experiences, different sensations and satisfactions. Painting a vase is more akin to an observer status but actually fashioning it and feeling the clay forming in your hands is being fully involved although you won’t be aware of the finished product until it is finished any more than you are until you make the final brushstroke on your painting. Different dimensional experiences, the virtual, the 2 dimensional and the 3 dimensional aspects of the actual vase.

If you wish to experience all three dimensions then you have to use different levels of involvement, different focuses and work with different numbers of participating consciousnesses according to the dimension you wish to create in.

So although you may be focused into a tree gestalt you may still need another gestalt, be it a human or an animal to plant these acorns, shall we say, so that in 150 years time say you have this wonderful avenue of oak trees. It is very unlikely that you would use a squirrel to bury these to the desired pattern so you would give the idea to an instrument that understands measurement. You can see that interaction and cooperation is necessary to co-create. One can never understand where the thought first arose. It is basically impossible to determine which consciousness produced the thought because that consciousness didn’t know where the thought came from either. How can you claim ownership when you are noticing thoughts all the time, from everywhere? How do you know whether your thought is original or not, you simply don’t. All get used to the idea in the end. It doesn’t matter where it came from, it looks interesting and I think I’ll follow it along because it looks like it could be an interesting experience.

This is one area worthy of further thought, trying to understand your own position in this web of interconnectedness and seeing the various avenues that are open to you.

You are getting to the edge now where you will need to experiment and have at least a mental experience of the maybe. We can use words and words and words but nothing in the end is going to substitute for your understanding through deduction and experience.

We suggest that you listen to this over again and see what major points you can take on board and we will revisit this at a later time.

11th June 2018 Consciousness and Memory

Does the unit of consciousness have a memory, how does it hold its memories and does it hold its memories in the order of experience given the absence of time?

Would you agree that memories are thoughts?

Yes.

We have spoken before about thoughts being held in a repository, shall we say, where they eternally exist, and so would you think that memories being thoughts could also be held in that fashion? (Morphogenetic fields come to mind.)

Yes.

On that basis therefore would you agree that the thought store can always be accessed?

Yes.

So memories can always be accessed. Now would you also agree that the memory would be entangled (connected) with the unit of awareness that had the experience?

Yes.

Therefore if the unit of consciousness wishes to access its memory store it can do so merely by focusing?

Yes.

With regard to the sequentiality would the thought that is wished to be remembered as a memory be that of a particular instance?

Yes.

That particular instance would commence at a certain point and successive thoughts would follow, much as we said before when focusing upon the sequential patterns. The history of your life is there in, we must say for your purposes, is there in all its sequentiality and that it runs from birth to death, so wherever you start your focus running it will then go on in that established pattern. Yes? So if you wish to go back in that pattern you can of course do so.

Now when in the physical you find it difficult to remember in reverse order. You may remember something that happened on June 4^th when you were 12 years old because it stands out in your mind but what likelihood is there of you being able to remember what happened on June 3^rd?

Little.

Exactly. Why?

Because it needs to be something that made an impact, that made a difference.

It does not stand out in your memory as it was not of any importance to you, of any particular note?

Yes.

So would you be bothering to try to try to remember it, for no reason?

No.

We think we have answered that particular question.

Comment:  Now consider the NDE’rs accounts of experiencing their life review. Additionally if we give credence to the doctrine of quantum entanglement then it becomes apparent why one also experiences the feelings of those who you interacted with.

Another question. Can a unit of consciousness re- experience a gestalt which it was previously part of but has since dispersed e.g. a human physical instrument?

Once more we go back to the store. Everything that has occurred in the experience of that particular gestalt during its passage from birth to death has been recorded. If you, as a unit of consciousness, wish to recover that memory then you can insert yourself into the pattern sequence. You can focus once more upon the pattern sequence. It is simply that you will be more in the position of an observer because you only have the sensations, the emotions portrayed, received. You will be able to re- experience those stored memories but at the same time you will not be able to experience them from the unknowing state (the state of uncertainty as to what will happen in the next moment) you will experience them from the knowing state. Do you understand?

From having been there before?

Because when you were focused in the physical instrument you had blotted out all information as regards your provenance, let us say, you were focused entirely on the stage. Now when you access the store you are no longer on the stage, are you?

No.

So although you can watch the action, perhaps recognize the action, recognize the feeling, you cannot not but be aware of the fact that you are following a process of recall. Do you understand?

I think so.

You have accessed the memory. The intention was to access the memory in a bid to relive the moment, but in that bid to relive the moment you are aware that moment is not, to use your words, of this present time. So how can it have the same impact because you are effectively in the same position as being in the back of the theatre? Do you understand?

I’m getting there.

It is as if you are reading your autobiography. You can remember, maybe, the shock or the pleasure as set out in the particular paragraph within the autobiography and yet you are fully aware that this is not happening in your present moment.

Yes.

It will no longer have the impact. In other words you see it from a point of detachment.  (not involvement) You can “experience”, relive the moment but from a different point of view. Can you understand what we have said?

I think so.

It is like watching a film of your life. Much the same way as the NDE’rs will speak of their life review but it doesn’t have the same impact as the NDE’r is still seeing it from a, let us say, semi-detached point of view. Once you are fully in the next focus shall we say, or in the elevated focus above all your subsidiary focuses, then you are seeing it from the detached or interested or academic point of view. Now do you understand?

Yes, thank you.

Comment: It makes you realise how precious each moment is. You will never pass this way again, each moment is unique in its perspective. This life is precious, it is our only chance to experience it in this fashion so make the most of it, treasure it, give it your full attention. Consign yesterday to your personal history and live in the now.

Consciousness and It’s Sense of Self. 3rd July 2018

Can one unit of consciousness, having been part of a billions of units co- production, recreate the physical body or its image?

Does one atom exist on its own? Does one electron, one quark?

I’m assuming yes.

You know that an atom is composed of multiple electrical charges?

Yes.

How far do you wish to go before you decide that anything smaller cannot be aware? Yet it is in motion and it is communicating with others?

I have no idea.

If photons are communicating with each other can they be units of awareness?

They can be a unit of awareness but could that unit of awareness e.g. recreate me?

In what fashion?

I am not talking about the physical body, I am talking about in another reality.

In its imagination. If the photon is aware, is in communication with another photon, which is able to be demonstrated in a laboratory, then you have your quantum entanglement. Let us say that entanglement assumes that the observer can no longer distinguish the individuals within, so let us put it that they become like identical twins in all respects because they are sharing the same knowledge, the same information bank. One’s knowledge is the others knowledge. Alternatively you could say that they have merged, become as one.  Yes?

I am finding it very difficult. For example we spoke about remote viewing and how the remote viewer can be aware of information and images not locally present but when I asked if I could mentally send something to you the answer was no.

We are in the physical.

Well surely the remote viewers are in the physical or one part of them is in the physical.

Let us go back to the telepathy experiment. There is a belief and the belief is that you can get some information but you cannot get the full clarity picture (as seen through the other persons eyes).

Yes.

When you are in the non-physical you know, you do believe and therefore you can say “I am sitting in a café in Capri overlooking the Mediterranean”. Yes?

Yes.

You entangle, both are sharing the same image. Now do you understand?

Yes.

When it comes down to you somehow needing to see an objective unit of awareness, being able to visualise or understand in some fashion “This is a unit of awareness”, can you understand this wave, particle, electrically charged unit going in and out of existence called an electron?

Sort of. We are told about it.

We are told about it? So let us go further down the scale, all the way down to the supposed limit of the Planck scale and would you agree that there may be orders of magnitude smaller than that theoretical limit?

Yes.

Then imagine that these energy pulses, let us say, are all capable of communicating with each other. When you are a unit of awareness you will join whatever group that you wish to feel you are. You will adopt an identity. At the present moment you sit there feeling that you are “I”, (Jean) but you are also aware that you are part of billions of awarenesses all thinking the same?

Yes.

Does each cell in your body understand that it is partaking in the physical instrument called Jean?

I presume they do.

Exactly. So if we assume that the consciousness that is focusing on the cell is a unit of consciousness, then you can say that unit of consciousness is entangled and is receiving all the same impressions that you are. Yes?

Yes.

So as the cells split and you breathe molecules in and out and likewise eat and excrete, then you can say that your composition is constantly changing?

Yes.

But each time as they join they pick up, they have access to, everything that you already know, have ever experienced and they immediately assume the “I”. Because they are connected to your memory store. They say “This is me, I am Jean”. Now you could turn around and say “But you have just joined.” And they will reply “No I haven’t, I have been here as long as you have”.

Now talk about time as regards this last statement.

“I have been here as long as you have”? Because there is no time, as you can access all the memories?

It is not a question of “I can access all the memories” it is “I have all the memories”. The minute you join, you focus in, you are totally connected, you are entangled, you become as one.

So then the minute you leave you still retain all those memories? (See Entangled Minds)  

Yes. But do you, as we said before, even though you remember something from June 12^th can you then recollect June 11^th?

No. Going on from that, say a unit of awareness has just left me and has gone to the next life. Can that unit of awareness, that is now in the next life and knows that is has been me, can that recreate me to those people who have left the physical before I leave the physical?

The awareness leaves the physical?

Yes.

It then is able to be in knowing contact with others in the non-physical, in other words both know they are non-physical. The consciousness (awareness) that leaves you then is able to talk to your mother and father on an equal footing, they are aware of each other.  You have the memory store. Can that unit of consciousness, that considers itself “I”, access the memory store?

Yes.

And can it see what it was like?

Presumably the answer is yes.

So as it brings that into its mind, it is communicating with your mother and father, they entangle, they become as one, they see the picture and the picture is completely clear. (We must remember that all parties to the encounter are recreating their appropriate image as in remembering, returning to acting, parts played in a play. In other words you become that person again)

Now you have to realise that this is a plane of separation. When you leave here there is no separation of anything, everything is interconnected. It is merely where you wish to be.  (What you wish to focus upon.)

You can be with anyone, what you call anyone, any imaginative representation, whenever you wish.

But in order to share that representation you have to activate the entanglement. Do you understand?

I know what you are saying.

If one side does not want to respond it turns its focus away and you no longer both share the image, but if you both wish to share the image then (automatically) you are both sharing the same image. (The intention is the key – to the reality of Capri; and to all other realities you care to focus on)

Such is the imagination that when one says “I am sitting in this chair” “Well I’ll sit in this chair then”, you just simply adjust the images accordingly.

Yes.

You create your reality.

Now you have to assimilate all these different things and think them through. Then you will see that once you get away from this separateness you will realise quite quickly that there is no (intrinsic) you. There is only who you want to be.

Yes.

“I am this, now I think I’ll be that, and that, and that”. So you are always speaking from the position of an adopted or created “I”, of an adopted or created identity. Do you understand?

I can understand what you are saying. It is just that because I now consider myself to be composed of billions of entities the mind boggles especially when they may all be thinking of different things.

You are concerned about losing what you consider is your identity.

No, I am not concerned about that, I just find the whole thing confusing.

Do you consider that there must be utter confusion in the ocean with all these untold molecules of water?

All these molecules of water have come together and are now called an ocean of water…….

Where is their individual identity?

It isn’t all the time they are part of the ocean, it isn’t, they are just part of the ocean.

Have you got an individual identity amongst the 7 billion humans?

Yes. So they should all have their individual identity. I take that back.

Exactly.

I take that back. They all retain their individual identity and when the wind blows or the sun shines they go off to be something different. (To experience being part of something different)

And your billions of awarenesses? Comprising your particular “I”.

They can do the same thing, they can go off and be whatever.

But do they still retain the access to that particular sense of “I”?

I suppose so via their memory store, by focusing on the memory store of that “I”.

Now you have already established that you have your identity amongst 7 billion others and so if we take 7 billion molecules of water, say a couple of drops, you would accord them their individual identity within those drops of water?

Yes.

If we now reduce those molecules to their component parts and keep on dissembling until we get to the limits of our comprehension then can we determine the state of the primary unit of consciousness? The consensus of opinion amongst the scientific community is that consciousness arises  at a certain point, but can that be demonstrated, what can they be certain of, or is it just speculation? Does it arise at some point during conception, after birth? The jury is still out. How many scientists would agree that consciousness is present before conception?

Probably not very many.

Exactly. It is the old business about when does the soul join but if you say that the soul exists before and actually plans all this then you won’t get much of a hearing from science will you?

No.

Soooh. You have to just be happy with what you feel and decide if it really matters to you if you know what a unit of awareness is because “what have I got at the moment? I have a sense of identity” and from all that you have learned you will have a sense of identity when you pass over as do the NDEr’s. Can they see themselves? Have you ever read or heard of a near death experiencer saying “I could see myself” and describe their non-physical appearance?

No one has ever been able to see their ”Self”, as how can you stand outside yourself without being a separate “Self”?

You cannot.

So you can only be the “Self” that other “Selves” tell you, you are. What they reflect back to you from your own thoughts and their interpretation of same. Those selves can only tell you what you are by what you project. Now you either project your imagination to another “Self” in which case you are entangled and they will have your knowledge of what you think you are, how you see yourself. They can then pass that information back to you. At that stage they can tell you what they think you are. From all this information you will derive a sense of what you are like.

But what are you getting? You are getting what is termed “reflection”. So you don’t have a mirror, you have a thought reflection.

Yes.

Your sense of awareness of “Self” comes from the reflection of your own thoughts back to you. As you send thoughts out regarding your belief, your attitude, your opinions……Let us assume that you have this thought-form of a physical body as you pass over. (Think of yourself as one unit of awareness amongst many.) You contact another unit of awareness, you are entangled. You, in your imagination, have this picture of yourself, from a photograph, say. That immediately becomes the knowledge of the entangled party so then they can send a thought back to you “This is what you look like” but they may have their own attitudes and beliefs so whereas you may see yourself as beautiful they may see you as not so beautiful and they send that back.

What has happened? You have sent a picture and they have sent it back and that is where the term reflection comes from. We talk “reflection” but we don’t think about, how is this promulgated? When we say reflection, and when I say “we” I mean from the physical, it involves the receiving of varied responses from those you interact with from which you gradually build up a conception of how you are in other people’s eyes.

Yes.

You then decide or not to amend the way you present and conduct yourself to achieve the effect you desire. To be seen as loving, caring, humorous, impartial or maybe strong, dictatorial, an achiever or whatever mix you think is comfortable for you. You do this in response to data being received from other units of awareness. Of course in order for them to be aware of you, you had to make a presentation.

Now when you haven’t got a physical body and you have only got thoughts, and thoughts being imagination, you are broadcasting all kinds of images and information and it is reflected back to you. So consider that the other units of awareness are various distorting mirrors and all the sensory perceptions you put out there are then reflected back to you. So they come to you as thoughts. You attribute those thoughts to others and then you accord them whatever you wish to accord them in terms of importance to yourself. Can you see that?

Yes. Much the same as we respond to the opinions of others here. We either take notice or not depending on the source of the opinion and if we think it is valid we may change our behaviour.

Exactly. The process of forever becoming is continual, you exist, you are forever becoming.

Do you see that each time you make an adjustment you are creating your own sense of “I”?

Yes. I can see that I create my own identity continually, at every moment actually, every time I change my mind or amend my opinion or attitude. Who I think I am is who I think I am.

And it is whether you create that in a singular or a multiple capacity depending on the experience you are involved in, your current focus. You are merely joining in and accepting a sense of ”I” derived from the co- production of whatever reality you are involved in but at the same time you can happily imagine your own sense of ”I”. Now think of where you got that sense of “I” from in the first place. From something you experienced. Yes?

Yes.

There isn’t a start, but let us start from the birth, let us say, of a unit of awareness. At that point it has no memories, it starts to acquire memories. Now you may equate this to a child, it cannot remember before it was born. So what does it do? It starts to accumulate experiences and memories.  You can compare this to a unit of consciousness. What we don’t know is, was it ever born and we won’t know, will we?

So we simply enjoy the fact that “I AM”.

When you consider the philosophies of millennia most thinkers arrive at the same conclusion, because that is all that matters.

It does not matter “I am what” it merely matters “What I am”, how I think of myself at the moment.

So arises the “I”.

Comment: You cannot find or lose your “self” because you are continually creating that “self”, that sense of self. 

Perhaps this explains how a “grandma” appears in dreams or to NDE’rs as she was at a much earlier age. Simple really isn’t it.

Gives a new meaning to “I think therefore I am.”   i.e. My thoughts regarding my “self” form the representation of who I think I am.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“The Observer and the Observed are One”            J. Krishnamurti

————

5% of people think
10% of people think they think
the other 85% would rather die than think
Thomas A Edison

When it comes to creating you own reality you do so on every level of existence whether you are focused into the physical, the astral, the mental or any other reality you care to envisage. You work within the parameters of that reality with the tools available to you in that reality. The connecting thread here is the desires of the consciousness that focuses in each of these different realities. There may be a reason to play with different presentations, different scenarios in an easily manipulated or malleable reality where ideas can be “imagineered” with ease and many potential scenarios examined, their results assessed and those not fitting the desired end are then discarded.

You can imagine just how fast these can be examined and then, what we will term as, the probable ones, to suit the situation in let us say, the adjoining plane which in this case happens to be the physical, are passed to the brain for evaluation. Now it behoves us to state here that the consciousnesses involved in the creation and maintenance of the physical body have, as you can imagine, a certain say in the matter. This is why different possible scenarios are presented. Like an experimenter one can test out different scenarios to see what outcomes arise should each different one be chosen? What might be influenced by one’s own biases in the mental plane might be differently influenced by the co-creating consciousnesses in the physical plane. After all you do have a certain degree of free will and therefore it is interesting to see when a course of action different from that of your own preference, we are talking now of the entity’s preference, when the physical organism brain/mind chooses one different to your preference then it is also educational as to whether that route is successful.

If you imagine both different aspects of the consciousness focus in each of the so-called planes creating and testing out their own hypothetical methods, routes, concepts, courses of action and then by cooperation and examination refining down to two or three so that the physical brain or the mind interfacing with the physical brain can present just a limited choice so as not to overwhelm the body consciousness. When speaking here we need to have you remember that words such as body consciousness encompass the brain and the connections with the, what you would call, astral self or mental self or mind. It is difficult to be definitive on this subject as all interpenetrate each other and one cannot put a locus on any particular aspect of contemplation or communication as the level of intensity as regards courses of action, ideas etc. can vary from one plane to another.

So who am I speaking to?

With regard to who is speaking, of course you already know, it is you who are speaking. Not just speaking the words but forming the words, forming the sentences. You have just crossed another threshold in this last year or two whereby you, as the observed have realised that you also are the observer. You have made the connection. Of course, while you are focused completely in waking reality the connection is extremely difficult to make but when you shut out physical reality the connection just re-forms. It is simply that you have rotated your gaze from physical to non-physical. You have just spun the dial. You have changed channels and therefore the information comes and of course for you to believe it, at present, you need to attribute it to another source. Not really believing that you yourself are the knowledgeable source because in waking reality you cannot access knowledge. So you have to go through this specialised ritual of sitting quietly and focusing away from the physical and waiting for the information to be delivered. Now what you are doing is no different to when you are practising mediumship, you simply open to transmission, but in this case you are allowing your, let us say, maternal/paternal or your non-aligned “ernal” to communicate with you. This is like giving guidance to a child in the physical world.

Now, because you are navigating to all intents and purposes 100% in the physical world your enquiries into the non-physical world are necessarily more like probes than structured enquiry. Now all the time you are both the interviewer and the interviewee it is obvious that a certain amount of information will be biased somewhat, sometimes to a marked degree depending on you, the observed’s, beliefs.  Because you will find it hard to express an opinion which is diametrically opposite to that of your own. However, we do appear to be educating ourselves, did you notice we said “ourselves” rather than the somewhat benign “you”. We are basically bringing our “selves” into a state of coherence and if all goes well you may find yourself in a position of being able to observe our other lives, or at least, one of them. But again, you will have to take time to focus away from the physical world in order that you, as we said, probe, and probe means obviously looking where you cannot see, and with luck you may find the right channel of another one of our focuses.

We will do what we can to help. As for us, this is quite an interesting experiment. Also, as you found out with your golfing experience, our other “soul” found a new ability which previously he would have considered impossible. Let us hope that you receive the same benefit.

Now, with regard to the episode which unfortunately you did not record. The bodies which are seen by your clairvoyants and to some extent measured or, let us say, ascertained, indicated, by your electrical equipment, here you are talking about the astral/ etheric body, if you wish. Then as we outlined last night, the body in each case is composed of consciousness. In the same way that your physical body is composed of consciousness.  Your physical body has its senses and experiences the reality which surrounds it and of course when you are speaking about the first stage after death you say that the astral body experiences an even more real environment which surrounds it and meets all those who have passed on, who at one stage you may have believed were dead. Your astral body, being composed of consciousness, albeit linked to the physical consciousness, is also able to focus and enjoy its own reality and, like yourself, it can focus in another direction. As “you” focus and receive information, as you are presently doing, and you receive information from those who are deceased, so your astral self, shall we call it, can focus, and does of course, towards you in the physical and it can also focus in other directions.

We will use the terms that you are currently used to, of emotional, mental and causal bodies etc. It is not quite as it seems but for now it is good enough. Now, in each one of these “bodies”, or “frequencies” or “levels of existence”, call them what you will, there is the consciousness. These are not just inanimate electrical fields, not that anything is ever inanimate, everything is alive and everything is connected to many things. It is not just a simple hierarchical system whereby the soul sits at the top, if you wish, “the soul”, and then creates all these bodies in order just to operate the physical body. Each, as it is termed ”body” has a full life, and, explores in just the same way that you do. Just as the observed and the observer are one, as we have come to use in a simplistic way, so of course there will be no argument when one says that the physical, the astral, the emotional, the mental, the causal, and any others you may care to intersperse with, are all one.

You could say that the physical body is the “observed” and all the other bodies are the “observers”. And, of course, they are all co-creators. They are all co-experiencers but that does not stop them multiplying their experiences and taking other probable actions. Now you have been told that although you take a decision to take one road, one path of action, other paths of action are explored in order to see what would have happened. Various scenarios have been proposed as to how this happens. That each time you make a decision another universe is created. This gives rise to infinite parallel universes or multiverse theories and various others. That does seem rather cumbersome, doesn’t it? Wouldn’t it be simpler, and let us use Occam’s razor here, that the simpler explanation would be that your various other “bodies”, who exist, in what you would call a non-local area, and can process information, experience etc. instantaneously and being “part of the action”, are able to straight away project and process and conclude alternative actions.

As you can see if you have, five courses of action, in most cases there are only two and only occasionally would there be a large number, given the speed of communication and also just plain extrapolation of probabilities, you can see that these probabilities are explored, and note taken. Now you may say, why doesn’t every decision turn out to be right? But then you may as well go straight back to the question of why you are inhabiting a reality which is sealed off, in general, from knowledge which is available to those outside that reality. On the other extreme we can say that you can look at your own conclusion that once you know the outcome of everything, there is no point in doing anything.

And so this physical reality is created by you in order to enjoy the game.  Once more, you may take a decision that does not work out but have you not learned more from that decision because you have learned what does not work and therefore you are able to conclude, or at least suppose, that another route followed would have worked. But you can only see that, by analysing the reasons why the other decision did not work. So, it is easier to learn from doing the wrong thing than from doing the right thing.

Now we have strayed a little from our explanation of last night but we feel we have added some more pertinent propositions.

We are a reservoir of knowledge and experience. It is not as much a question of who, or what, because knowledge of all is available to those who seek. Therefore endeavouring to envisage a limited form with a certain amount of knowledge and probably with a background of human existence is what the normal enquirer is expecting. But if you are faced with merely an “automated” for want of a better word, source of information that has access to myriad sources of information, how do you give that an identity, apart from the fact that that source, in your terms, seems to be manipulating the instrument. If the consciousness that generally manipulates the instrument is able to place itself in such a position as to have access to a wide range of knowledge then again we are back to the consciousness that cannot even know itself. It can only understand the activity that it is engaged in, in this instance, operating this particular instrument.

Now, previously you have asked, “who is speaking?” and we have replied, “you are speaking” because you are now aware you are connected to the part of you that you would label the observer, the one who is watching on, the one who is guiding and directing and supplying energy, you might say, but that is only supplying of focus, and the focus is energised if you wish in order to create activity, but if you can imagine that this is all in the mind, not a word that is correct, it is all in the imagination of the consciousness, so, you could say, if you wished, it is part of the whole who is speaking because everything you consider to be separate from you is part of the whole and is connected to the whole obviously because it is part of the whole and as such has access to the knowledge that the whole has. Not only the interconnections. It is like finding your way up river, you may be the river that you are currently focusing in, if you worked your way back upstream and you found other rivers coming in, which one would you think you were? Not only that, if you thought I will explore this river and then you found there are more tributaries and then little streams, then rivulets and then eventually maybe we could say spring but then that would lead us too far into the analogy, so let us say you found a little bit of trickle of water from a rounded rock which was collecting rain drops and then we could keep going and eventually what would we come to, we would come to atoms and hydrogen and oxygen and then on as usual to the electrical charges coming into and out of existence but now follow that back the other way and you find yourself part of the river. So, who are you? You are all of them aren’t you? You are all of them but it just depends where you want to focus. You can focus on being the electrical charge, you can focus on being the tributary, you can focus on being the river, which one do you prefer? Because that is what it is about, preference of focus. I take it that you have understood fully what is being said, you create your own reality by your preference of focus. Wherever you find yourself is because you have focused on that. The reason you focused on that is because it has attracted you, you like it, it interests you and as long as it does so your focus will stay there and you will say, “this is me, this is where I live, this is where I belong, this is my home until you find that it is no longer as interesting as it used to be and you will make plans to move on and arrange for your exit in an acceptable manner to the rest of the cast and you will at some stage merely switch your focus to another, which you are already experiencing, of course, but that one is more attractive than your present focus. Now can you understand that? You simply move your focus from one reality to another reality because you wish to do so. No judgement, no blame, and you do it at the appropriate time in general to cause as least pain as possible to those who you love and care for taking into account the inevitability of you having to leave this focus at some stage.

Perhaps you would touch on the question of no time, everything existing all at once. I (Jean) am going to be giving a talk on the survival of physical consciousness after death but that definitely implies one thing happening after the other. So can you enlighten me with regard to this concept, survival of consciousness after physical death bearing in mind no time?

When you speak to a child you use different representations to that when you speak to an adult. Different experiences have been assimilated at various times during the growth of that person. There are certain levels of understanding. Now, when we speak to those who are caught up in the illusion of time then is it easier to couch your words in a time-based linear format than to infuse those entities with a concept that they cannot relate to, in a process where we lessen the value of the information we wish to impart. So as far as your listeners are concerned, they see the termination of life as a moment in time, the movement, to those who have some understanding, to a new reality to which others before them have already passed. They consider that those who have passed to the new reality still exist in that new reality and because you create the precepts of your reality and so do those who have passed, we put together scenarios to satisfy the desires and the longings of the individuals that now have the ability to be, as they see it, together again. And so the message must be always presented in the manner in which it can be understood and give comfort and not sow confusion. Does that answer your question? When you are sufficiently, and we use time here for your understanding, in the situation where you no longer have a physical body then you will gradually understand the meaning of the “ever present”, I will not say timelessness, the ever present, and at that stage you will…… it is impossible in many respects to outline, apart from lame analogies, how it is to inhabit the timeless world instead of one where you can only see one moment following another.

Presumably, you are a group of consciousnesses speaking.

All selves are a group of consciousnesses. But, what you must realise, is that a consciousness is not a singular unit in terms of being able to exist in any particular reality in a meaningful form. It must group together with others if it wishes to co-create the reality in which it can participate as one of many. So that there is a, what you might call, society of participators, where roles can be played, experiences can be conjured up, challenges can be set, laughter, enjoyment etc.

We refer to Dave as the normal Dave we have always known and David as the well-spoken, seemingly younger aspect that occasionally surfaces. Can you explain please?

The first point we must make is that this may be a difficult subject to put across as we have, obviously, a very interested party here. It may be more difficult to bypass the intense curiosity that is part of this.

We first, as came up earlier, have the nature of time involved. You think you are living one life at a time, whereas it is not too difficult to see that you split your attention between different lives and different times. Although there are no times there are different imagined scenarios, which because of the physical environment, you have just lined up in sequential order and believe that is how things happen, but in truth, they all happen simultaneously. Let us not go into that as it is something that is just beyond our capability to explain in terms that you would understand.

Now, most of those existing on the physical plane are quite happy to just receive information from their senses and in fact get discombobulated, in other words disturbed, when they are confronted with information that does not fit in to the established pattern of events. Events, being all sensory perceptions. So even when this does happen then the walls are set up so that they are not allowed to be breached in future. There are few that actively seek the experience of other than the physical. Most have explored through meditation or taking hallucinogenic drugs. Veils are breached but because when you enter into an entirely different scenario with different laws, different parameters, different frame of reference, it is very difficult to interpret them in terms of the one you habitually inhabit. In other words, if a scene is all in red it is very difficult to describe the same scene only using blue. A very simple analogy. But for those whose belief system enables them to have a conviction of the possibility of awareness of other lives they have been leading then, especially mediums who are aware that they can receive sensory perceptions of all sorts from minds other than their own and of course they allow the use of the physical instrument by those minds, you can see you (they) are already well on the way to having one of the personalities of the higher consciousness able to use it’s particular mind, shall we say, to blend with the mind of another instrument which is part of the same consciousness. In other words, both personalities are productions of the same consciousness.

So let us say a producer is producing two plays at once. There will be certain things, because of the techniques, skills, portrayals, points of knowledge, opinions favoured by the producer, that they cannot help but somehow showing up as a signature in whichever film they produce. Much as an artist, while even trying to hide his normal technique can often be picked up by somebody who is very skilled in the techniques of various artists and can differentiate between one and the other.

Same thing is happening here, much as a parent and a child, that the parent here is saying “well this creation, I’m letting it run but it’s showing a lot of enquiry here”. So, just as you would a child, you would introduce it to something which it has obviously been thinking about and you say “well here it is, now let’s see what you do with this”. Because if a child is showing a particular aptitude in one area, you may say, well let’s take it to music lessons and we will see how it goes. Well the same is happening here. One instrument is following a particular line of enquiry and is turning this over and over and over, so you might say “I’ve got this one going over here. Let us take this particular form of expression and blend it”. Much like a cook making a different flavour. Instead of producing exactly the same recipe they just try a different recipe. And what happens here? The instrument’s knowledge is expanded, but of course so is the higher consciousness’ knowledge expanded. Because it has been used to, it always has kept its various expressions separate. And as much as it knows it has to keep each expression separate there are times when, simply because each one is a reflection of its own that it can’t help but at certain times reach comparisons and this is what we don’t know. We don’t know whether the higher consciousness does or is able to make comparisons between all its lives. One can only assume that it can. That makes sense doesn’t it? But it would keep each one separate so as not to confuse each individual instrument. That does not mean that you cannot take an expression of one instrument and not blend it with another and in terms of consciousness that is not too difficult. It is just a question of operating an instrument in a different fashion. If we take the example of programmes then it is quite easy. One has a certain programme, as you see now, speaks in one way, and it is no different to inserting that programme in the other instrument and that then produces exactly the same expression.

So this is what is happening in this case. Of course a certain amount of confusion arises in the instrument, because in much the same way as the brain lights up, “where has this suddenly come from”? Think back to your first question, free will, “well this isn’t my free will, so whose free will is it”? If it is pleasurable then one accepts it as a boon but if it wasn’t pleasurable you would be most discomforted. In this case because the instrument was actively looking for said experience or open to the experience and formulating the theory, that this was, is indeed possible. Being open to the underlying truth of several lives being lived at once and as we said before, indeed as the instrument has said before, the experience was given to validate the concept.

It is up to the instrument now, because the instrument and the consciousness are one, to decide whether it is happy to accept, on a temporary or a permanent basis, the new expressions that have been provided. But, it needs to be in close harmony with, let us say, the controlling consciousness who, because of our previous discussion, you would have to say, holds the ultimate sway. The term, right to dispensation as to “yes, OK this can go on” because it may or may not be in the original plan for that particular instrument. It may be an amusing diversion or it may be something which is “well at this stage, why not? Let it carry on”. It could well be an alternative avenue of exploration much like the hybridisation of plants. Let us see what happens. Now, if you recall, if we are going to allow the vehicle to drive itself and see how well you programmed it, well why not this? No difference. It is another form of creativity and see the results of your creation. It may also be that you’re merely devising a whole new instrument to utilise in, what you would term, another life experimentation, because if you think about the hybridisation of the flowers then you have to put two together, then produce the seed to see whether the seed produces the new flower. This is the same sort of thing. Again, this is all open to just which belief or opinion you wish to adopt as to the process in motion.

Many years ago David would sometimes remark that he felt sort of “semi-detached”. Any observations?

Yes, your feeling of being “semi-detached”.

The first intimations that you are more than what you previously thought. You have realised that you were, let us say, part of something, hence the feeling of “semi” detached but not fully detached because, through a glass darkly, you were beginning to sense the connection to your “higher self” or the larger aspect of who you are. Gradually that has built up and you no longer are using that term of semi-detached. And as we are speaking now, it is you who are speaking now or I that is speaking now or me that is speaking now because all are one and the same. And you, the instrument, we might say, is now seeing the world and yourself more and more from the position of the higher self.

Can we explore the subject of freewill?

A reasonable analogy would be of you having an idea and then putting it into operation. In other words “I’ll build this” and then building that. So you could say that the higher consciousness has the idea, has the intention and then gives itself the permission to carry out that idea. Can you understand this? It is all one, you are doing the whole thing, you think you have the free will but it is you all along, from start to finish. It is only that we feel that the doer is also the decision maker and you are but not in the way that you think. Your expanded self is the decision maker, your non-expanded self, your focused self is the doer. That is a better description.

The expanded thinker, rationaliser, weighing up consequences, a chooser of probabilities, all emanates from the total of yourself. But once you decide on exactly what your next actions are going to be that focus comes in, narrows right down and then executes the physical motion. So you can rest assured that you do have free will, you simply have to have trust in that there is a part of you that knows exactly what it is doing and even though you appear to make a mistake you could look upon this as having the intention to execute a particular action in a certain fashion but while doing so become momentarily distracted or less mindful of the task in hand and not executing it in the envisaged manner. Is that clear?

Let us take an analogy with which you are familiar. You intend to hit a certain golf shot, you go through you usual pre shot routine, but you let your attention be momentarily diverted by noticing a twig on the ground or whatever, but your mindfulness just varies that fraction even though you don’t realise and you don’t consider it makes any difference whatsoever and yet a poor shot results. You had every intention and were doing all the right things as you always do to execute that shot in the desired manner and yet simply by an unseen microsecond of inattention the action was not carried out in its normal programmed manner. You might just say something as if there, in the vast number of intramuscular connections that have to be made to execute a golf swing, there was a slight interruption, any analogy you wish here, in the electro connectivity, a bit of atmospheric disturbance shall we say? Which caused one connection not to fire and therefore threw the whole sequence fractionally out, the consequences of which were magnified many times over because of the distance between the muscles and the head of the club. Can you understand that? Yes. Then you can apply this to everything, so that you must be aware that your consciousness, which is you, is not infallible and is using this physical playground to experience and to enjoy and to experiment.

When you stand back and you observe, then to use your favourite phrase, you do not get caught up in the drama but when you walk down to the front of the theatre and up onto the stage and the lights are on you and you are surrounded by the rest of the cast and the conversation is going on and you find yourself a part of the conversation, then how do you expect to view the scene as a whole when you are part of the scene?

Not easy!

That is as good a description as you can get with the higher consciousness and its focused point of consciousness. The part that you find difficult to understand is that both can exist at the same time, the observer and the observed co-exist at all times.

And are in fact one.

Depends on where you want to be, you can be on the stage or you can be in the back of the audience. Either one is party to all the sights, sounds, emotions, everything. Do you understand?

But yet in the focus part all those sensory perceptions are enhanced, felt more, more immediate, more important, whereas to the observer they are items of interest. They are something to be viewed instead of experienced. Something to be assessed and we can only say related to, rather than, the best word is, owned. You will save your experiences, in that effectively they were your experiences, you own those experiences. Whereas the observer can just say that, I observed this experience, I understand, I can understand the feeling but the feeling does not, has not…

It’s like somebody watching the play. Somebody watching the play knows that it is a play and by knowing that it is a play you haven’t got that emotion and also the observer can see the whole picture whereas the person who is acting in the front of the play cannot see what is going on behind or to the side whereas the observer can see the whole thing, above below and even in front.

It is part of the survival of consciousness that you will be all that you ever were or that you are, however you wish to look at it. You will lose nothing but it will no longer have the importance to you that it does at the present and yet the things that you wish to have importance to you will still have importance to you. Now this may seem as if it is a form of assurance that you will not lose your connections to those you love but also remember that many in spirit, and you have read of enough of these returnees or ghosts as you may call them, to know that some have attachments to material objects. So it is no different, that to which you are emotionally attached will continue until you no longer wish to be emotionally attached and that is the same at this level as at any other level.

If you love somebody here when you move over you will love somebody there, but again just the same as here it may last, it may not last, the same applies. You can have a short relationship here or a very long relationship here and the same applies no matter which dimension of mind you find yourself inhabiting. So you can accept that if you continually think of somebody who has passed on then you know the bond exists and they will be there to greet you and your paths may continue to follow the same route or in a later time they may diverge but that is part of the ongoing life. As long as you feel well disposed toward another then you will continue to enjoy each other’s company.

Earlier we, David and I, were talking about the interaction between the mind and the brain, how responsibilities are shared, or are they? Is it the mind that is in complete control?

Now, you presently use lots of labour saving devices, which did not exist in prior ages, and yet now, of course, you are free to spend much more time in other activities, whereas previously you were, and as some are still, in various parts of the world, fully engaged upon obtaining enough food and shelter to sustain themselves through the seasons. You have now been able to negate an awful lot of requirements through labour saving devices, shelter, mass production of food, and so on, and so on.

Now, you are your consciousness, your mind, your brain are all engaged, we are not saying there is three, from the point of your understanding. All are engaged on constantly making life easier. Yes?  So once more if you were creating a physical body and you are improving it from generation to generation then why not also make that body a labour saving device, in this case a control saving device. Which is why, it is often speculated, that the human being is little more than a robot, or a puppet, being controlled by a non-physical mind. But as we were talking with you in the car, we say we because there is a very fine division between David and ourselves.

Now, you will program your instrument to do all the things that you really do not need to get involved with any more. You wish to be able to turn your attention to more interesting things. So gradually the operation of the body/brain is being improved. You used to have, and to a certain extent still do, many people, the vast majority, who take on one task at a time. Now you have invented the term “multi-tasking”. So what are you doing? You are shifting your focus quickly over several areas but you manage to keep all the balls in the air, all the plates spinning as a matter of course. You understand? Which gives you satisfaction in that you get a lot more knowledge, a lot more experience through handling a far wider range of activities than your parents were able to do. You have done this using more, labour saving devices. Quicker information transmission, quicker answering. If you had to wait for a letter and write a letter back, it could take you weeks to come to a decision or an agreement. Now, often this is done in seconds. How much more experience have you gained? Yes?

So would you say, from the point of view of organising a system, there is more interest in coming to this system now than there was, say, 500 years ago? What you can also say, “Is this the answer as to why the population is increasing so rapidly”? Because it is an attractive place, or shall we say, a more attractive place to enjoy, gain experience, learn, whatever phrases you wish to put upon the desire of consciousness to come with their peers to experience a certain period of activity in a dense physical plane. We are throwing in many connections for you to think about. Everything is connected, not just the consciousness but all the events and objects and progressions. As you care to sit and see the lateral connections then normal, you might say, human desires will be seen as the planners and instigators of what is happening. And of course you must substitute that for consciousness or rather the other way round.

How does the brain/mind fit in with what you have just said?

A labour saving device. The brain is a labour saving device, and as we said, many years ago it was programmed to do one task, now it is programmed to do many tasks, so giving the mind…… we have just explained how so many more activities, experiences, learning can be derived from one sojourn in the physical now, as against what could be experienced, say, 100 years ago. A lot of this is due to improving the labour saving device of the brain. Now you have the ability, through other labour saving devices, through other information transmissions, through aeroplanes, telephones, cars, the ability to be in several places within several hours whereas previously it may have taken several days to get to one place. So, can you see that the brain is a part of these constant improvements. Yes?

That does not mean that the brain is conscious in the way that you conceive it. It is still an instrument just like the physical body, which it is part of. One tends to perfectly accept the fact that the physical body is referred to as an instrument or a vehicle and yet wants to think of the brain and the mind as somehow separate whereas there is a constant feedback loop between the two. The brain is indeed a collection of consciousness…..all the time you believe that the physical body is, what you would term “a solid reality”, it is difficult for this subject to be explained. If you can take the physical body as merely being a collection of, what you might term, electromagnetic energy which, when you go further, is conscious, although you cannot see it, and understand that what you term “the mind” is composed of exactly the same substance, then it is no different to certain of your consciousness groups having the designated functions of liver, heart, leg, toe, eye, Yes? and others  having the function of controller, director, Yes?. One is a mental function another one is a physical function. One is the engine room one is the bridge. And yet they are connected, and part of the whole. It would be easier for you to understand this if you take away the view that the body is solid, is physical and the mind is non-physical. As soon as you realise that all is non-physical, you merely are using the created senses to give you the impression of physicality. Look at it this way; try to step outside, look at the body as totally invisible and just a set of moving waves, and then look around for where the mind is and likewise look at that as a set of moving waves enmeshed with the other set of moving waves. You will realise that all is consciousness. Can you see that?

Try to visualise that in your mind and then try to separate them. And for what purpose?

You must not try to see the body as one aspect and the mind as a separate aspect. They are one and the same.

 

Can we return to the subject of freewill please.

Can you frame that question a little more specifically?

I wasn’t being specific because I really wanted to get your thoughts on whether there actually is any free will or whether everything is decided before we come here right down to the last little bit. So really it is a question of how much free will do we really have?

So, let us draw a comparison once more between parent and child as we did last night. Knowing that you are both part of the same thing, in which case as the parent and child are locked together for the, you may as well say, lifetime, but obviously in the formative years until the child leaves home, then the parent has a very strong influence upon the decisions as to the action taken by the child. Would you agree? Yes. So, what did we say last night about how the consciousness who resides in the non-physical and has put a part of its consciousness in the physical but without access to the knowledge of anything outside the physical. Now, the child, in many respects that does not have the knowledge with which to argue, still accepts the dictate of the parent. So, you can immediately use your mind to see how that the, what you would call, higher self has a very strong influence over the part of it that you term lower self. Would you agree? So, shall we say free will is partial, which is why we asked about the framework in which you posed the question. Free will is free will up to a point. Now, free will, you only have free will within the constraints of the societal rules in which you live. Yes, you can do something but would that be unacceptable to those with which you wish to keep a harmonious relationship. Would you agree? So your free will is circumscribed, in much the same way the free will of a child is circumscribed, from a young age it’s severely circumscribed and as they reach the age of reason and the age where they can be trusted it is loosened and loosened into where when they leave home they are only… their free will is limited by what they wish to believe they wish to do and also by their feelings as to what their parents, relatives, friends will think of their actions. Can you see what I am getting at? So, free will is free will up to the point where you find that the costs outweigh the benefits.

We will move onto the next part having established that free will is subject to all your self-imposed constraints and also there is a restraint put upon it by your total self. Now let us draw another analogy whereby when the lower self is put under hypnosis it will agree to things that it would agree to generally in the fully awake state but it will not agree with things that it would never agree to in the awake state. So, once more we move to the higher consciousness, for want of a better word, and we say, ”that the higher consciousness is responsible for forming the physical and using that instrument for its own, what you would call purposes and influences the same. Again, when we go back to last night’s discussion with regard to the delay in conscious decision from when the brain has already the action into motion, in other words, the action comes before the decision, which most people would think is impossible, but it is totally evidential. We may say,” the machines do not lie.” Therefore, to any reasonable person the instruction has already been delivered to the brain from we know not where, so we have to posit that there is an extra physical entity which is outside time and has made the decision as to what to do. So, would you say then that the lower self has free will in that case? Because its decision was being taken for it. It thinks it has made a decision. In which case we have to then follow the logic through, the decision has been made, the brain goes into action and yet, the lower self then thinks it has made that decision. So, where has the thought come from? You must take this one stage further and think “the brain has lit up” but does that mean that the thought to take the decision has been put in? So, then you would say, “who has taken the decision and before you know where you are, you could say, “well actually there isn’t any free will.”

Yes. Because, what about, what we call for want of a better word, the higher self, to what extent has that got free will?

Well we are back to the turtles aren’t we? Now at the moment we only know when we think that what is being spoken at the moment should be coming through, or one would  think it must be coming through, the higher consciousness of the individual, then what would that consciousness have to say about this. One can only say, that as far as that higher consciousness is concerned it is still influenced by its own, you may say, prior conditioning. We were getting some realms of conjecture here because it is not prior conditioning as such, it is knowledge of, you might say, the illusory nature of existence. In reality it is doing what it wants to do, but, of course, that can be influenced by suggestion, by the arousal of desire, the arousal of curiosity from communications with other, what you would term, higher consciousness. Before we go into the realms of one consciousness, one mind and the aspects of god. It makes more reasonable sense that whatever the ocean of consciousness is, there arises hot spots, cold spots, waves, different temperatures, etc. different ”locations”, different states of being and that will give rise to different opinions, different views and therefore different courses of action and so there will be an influence on, for purposes of this discussion, upon the higher consciousness. But, again, you can still argue that having taken the decision at the bottom level, the lower self, then you can say, “ah, but I don’t really like that, I think I’ll change my decision.” But we are back to the chicken and egg, did the brain light up at that point and therefore signify that came from the higher self. Now if taken to what would seem to be a logical conclusion, we go back to the parent and child and at times you give the child free rein to see what it will do, how it works it out for itself, because you wish to see what the personality of the child is like, and its creativity etc. Much the same applies to the, what you might call in parlance, the brain child of the consciousness i.e. the instrument. As we said before you sit back and you let it drive itself and you see just how good a programmer you have been and how good a teacher you have been. I think we have covered your question, but again there is no just yes or no.

So where does this leave free will? If you assume once more that free will comes from your higher consciousness….the human being seems to think that free will exists at the physical level and yet we can go back to the brain experiments which show that by all logic and reasoning that the brain is being instructed to transmit to the senses that which is desired by the instructor even though the instrument decides [thinks] that they are making the decision.

So following the line of cause and effect backwards, “what caused the brain to light up?” Something knew, something knew even though ostensibly to those in the physical the target picture had not yet even been chosen [by the computer]. We can go further from the half second delay to the experiments where the whole sequence was brought forward into consciousness several days before the sequence was run. Almost as if to say “work that one out”.

Once you can accept, albeit reluctantly, the idea that free will is an attribute of your higher consciousness you have to trust in the driver of your vehicle. Let us use the concept of a dual-controlled vehicle. The instructor, who has the main controls, tells you “your controls are now working, you drive”. You start to drive and you think that you have all the control but you are unaware that the instructor decides, say, to turn right and because his wheel is connected to your wheel, the movement starts, the light comes on in the brain and you think “I’ll turn right here”.

There is a faint impression of the car starting to slow and you think “I’ll brake”. In other words, the law of cause and effect is operating but you are not aware of the cause, you think you are the cause. But what has happened is, the cause comes from another source, you feel the effects and you then translate that effect into your impression of cause.

Do you understand? I hope that we are making this relatively simple.

To summarise. Free will does exist but in your higher mind or higher consciousness, the total you.  It is indeed, your free will. But only if you can understand that you are your higher consciousness and not the instrument. It is to understand that what you call “self” is your consciousness, your higher self. If you can take on board that what you are looking at, what you are hearing, everything you think you  perceive, is being perceived by what you would call your “your out of body self”. Now imagine your out of body self, which you know by now, can see and hear and record, transmits to the instrument, the brain, for later reiteration.

Once you can understand that and say to yourself “I am that out of body self and is that out of body self my higher consciousness? Then it must have all the faculties that I think the physical has.”

“Therefore it activates the brain and it activates what we consider to be our visual and hearing faculties”. It would be like you using a megaphone or a loudspeaker, speaking to a microphone in one room with the loud speaker being in another. Is that a good parallel for you? So your out of body self, your higher self, has the microphone and the physical instrument has the loudspeaker. In other words the physical instrument is a pass through mechanism for the observations, actions, all the attributes of the senses. But this is all being sensed by the higher self which resides in the area of no time. It obviously has enough intelligence to ensure that what passes through the instrument is compounded into a structure which fits with the belief in linear time.

Seth said:- “Listen to me now and in so doing listen to yourselves. You come through as I come through. You are not non-beings in a god stream, you speak and the god listens. You are the god that listens. From you that god, that ”all that is”, learns what is happening in your corner of reality. You send messages backward through the fabric of time and space which is also, in your terms now, the fabric of that god’s being as again the smallest cell in your finger or toe sends messages to you and you, even if unconsciously, make adjustments in response. So in those terms and using that analogy do you send messages to that god as to what is happening in your corner of the universe and that god makes adjustments accordingly”. Would you comment please.

The terminology used in that paragraph is not one that we would particularly use, when we say we, we mean whatever intensity is coming through at the moment. Everything is connected as we said earlier. Now, because everything is connected then everything will have different focuses, although connected, and as an intensity of feeling is felt then the focus will move to where  they feel that intensity is beckoning, is of interest and if it is they will add their intensity to it. Of course, what we are effectively saying is a message has been sent, has been received, the focus has turned and therefore a message is then sent back. Because if it is of interest the message will be sent back and if it is not of interest it will just turn away. That means the intensity goes up fractionally and then fades away again. Now, when we use the word god one can say that is the total consciousness that is in that particular area of focus at any one time. Any consciousness that is focused within that particular event or object or whatever is learning, is experiencing, feeling what is going on in that event. So, messages are being sent backwards and forwards and each consciousness is learning, experiencing, feeling at the same time. Does that answer your question? Or do you need further elucidation?

Seth said:- “Man did not have to learn by trial and error what plants were beneficial to eat and what herbs were good for healing. The “knower” in him knew that and he acted on the information spontaneously. The knower is always present but the part of your culture that is built upon the notion that no such inner knowledge exists, and those foolish ideas of rational thought as the only provider of answers, often limit your use, your own use of inner abilities. You will end up with, if all goes well, a new kind of illuminated consciousness, an intellect that realises that the source of its own light is not itself but comes from the spontaneous power that provides the fuel for its thoughts”.

We are talking total interconnectedness. Every consciousness is part of the whole. All knowledge is available to all consciousness. Each gestalt of consciousness is quite able to speak, to link, with the other gestalt of consciousness that happens to be the poisonous herb and it can understand that it would be detrimental to the physical instrument but you must realise that we are in the business of uncertainty and excitement. You can add to that, “experiment”. You must also accept that it is a co-created reality, a co-created play. The intensity of feeling is to ingest the poisonous herb,      for what reason?      because it is part of the play, that is the decision that is taken. The human species has developed this belief that the human is there to survive from birth to some kind of averaged death of the particular instrument at some point in time. And yet this concept is held even though the same groups of consciousness set about killing each other at a very early time (age?). They do not say “we have all got to live till 70”. They are busily killing each other in their teens and twenties, en masse. And why? Because of the experience, the excitement and the uncertainty. The experimentation of war and battle, games, winning and losing, all the things that are not available when you are aware of every possibility. So of course the knowledge is available but the whole point of visiting the physical plane is to get away from that situation.  If we all knew (everything) we would be back over the other side and there would be no earth or universe.

Everything is a construct. Everything is a construct of consciousness, consciousness in motion.

We spoke earlier about the imagination of the human species, it is the imagination of consciousness, imagination focused. Focusing on an idea can lead to intense desire to experience same and generates the will to manifest. Belief and will are sides of the same coin.

So to sum up the subject of free will, could we say that in consensus reality, it is going with the flow?

Freewill is an inviolable, unassailable, inherent quality of every single, we use the word, unit of consciousness, or thing that has consciousness, whichever definition you care to entertain. Now, it is only because you identify yourself as a separate body that you consider that you as this separate body have a freewill that is constrained. Now, let us go back to the fact, and we will call it the fact that your physical reality is the manifestation of a fantastically intricate, consensus agreement between an unimaginable host of consciousnesses which are focusing upon creating and participating through their thoughts the manifestation of your physical reality. All of those consciousnesses are exercising their freewill now, through agreement but, of course, they agree in much the same way as you agree to pay your property taxes in return for your roads, schools, etc. You agree to your laws, and say you must only drive on the roads and not on the pavements and so you can think your way through many of these. Now, would you say that you have no freewill in that matter? You have given away, we will rephrase that, you have agreed to certain disciplines of behaviour because it actually suits you and you actually wish to have that. Now, that is not constraining your freewill that is an expression of your freewill. At any moment in time you can if you wish step up from where you are, walk out the door and never return. But other elements of your freewill say to you that it is comfortable here, I don’t want to lose all this I worked for and where would I go? So, are you exercising your freewill?

Yes, but then has that been agreed by multiple others?

Just rewind the disc and listen to what was said a few moments ago. Nothing that you experience happens without your prior agreement. You have agreed to the smallest, the largest, the most enjoyable, the most unenjoyable of your experiences.

Therefore, it would seem to me that freewill is not on the earth plane, it is where the agreements are being made.

Are you on the earth plane?

I suppose my higher consciousness is not, it is just the physical body that is experiencing the earth plane. But that’s what I am really talking about. Has the physical body got freewill? It seems to me the answer to that is no.

If you rewind the disc you will then, first of all consider, what exactly is the physical body other than a perception, other than a thought form agreed in manifestation by all the consciousnesses that are involved in participating and being a part of that thought form, the pattern has to be fleshed out in whatever terms you wish to think of. As we spoke of before, they can be from the most dense to the most clear visible reality to just being a product of the imagination in the mind’s eye that doesn’t actually even have a thought form. For example, imagine, we are digressing but, imagine how the thought arose for a motor car, one had a thought that riding horses is slow, uncomfortable, dangerous and wouldn’t it be nice if we could just really sit in comfortably and quiet whatever, and just sail along through the air at high speed until we get to where we want to go, so that was the wish, shall we say.  But as thoughts were applied to the wish, the thoughts gradually changed the intelligence, the associations were thought about and carriages appeared, pulled by the horses and so on and so on until you get to where you are today. Then only do you not have to ride horses but you get in jet planes. Thoughts not only exist, of course, but they mutate and change and grow, much in the same way as you grow, thoughts grow. We hope we have given you food for thought.

This post is a talk I gave to the Theosophical Society in 2014

    Seth, Consciousness and the Co-Creation of Reality

How your “SELF” is formed.

The Seth Quotes which can be accessed from the link below were shown before the talk started.

Seth Quotes from Seth Material talk to Theosophical April 2014NB

The talk then continued using Power Point pictures to illustrate things as the talk proceeded, most of the power points are included in the text as you will see.

List of Seth Books (Displayed as Power Point 2)

•  The Seth Material 1970
• Seth Speaks: The Eternal Validity of the Soul 1972
• The Nature of Personal Reality: A Seth Book 1974
• The “Unknown” Reality: A Seth Book in two volumes 1977-1979
• The Nature of the Psyche: Its Human Expression. A Seth Book 1979
• The Individual and the Nature of Mass Events. A Seth Book 1981
• Dreams, “Evolution” and Value Fulfillment. A Seth Book in two volumes 1986
• Seth, Dreams, and Projection of Consciousness 1986
• The Magical Approach: Seth Speaks About the Art of Creative Living 1995

The Seth books are a series of books scientifically describing aspects of the formation of physical reality and personality. Virtually all human avenues of thought are discussed and explained in a vast and wide ranging display of superior knowledge and understanding.

They were channelled by Jane Roberts, a writer and poet. They were received from the mid sixties until the late seventies.  Jane Roberts tragically died in 1984 at the age of 54.

(Jane’s picture was Power Point 3)

Now at this point I feel it is only correct to allow Seth to introduce himself as he does in Chapter 1 of “Seth Speaks”

To add a touch of theatre Jean will play the part of Jane.

(I am afraid the voice you are going to hear will be mine but it will give you some idea of what it is like to listen to a trance medium.)

(Power Point 4)

Seth Speaks.

The Eternal Validity of the Soul

By Jane Roberts

“I am an energy personality essence,

no longer focused in physical matter.”

Seth:- Now… You have heard of ghost hunters, I can be quite literally be called a ghost writer, though I do not approve of the term  ”ghost”. It is true that I am usually not seen in physical terms. I do not like the word “Spirit”, either; and yet if your definition of that word implies the idea of a personality without a physical body, then I would have to agree that the description fits me.

I address an unseen audience. However, I know that my readers exist, and therefore I shall ask each of them, now, to grant me the same privilege. My name is Seth. Names are simply designations, symbols; and yet since you must use them I shall also.

My readers may suppose that they are physical creatures, bound within physical bodies, imprisoned within bone, flesh, and skin. If you believe that your existence is dependent upon this corporeal image, then you feel in danger of extinction, for no physical form lasts, and no body, however beautiful in youth, retains the same vigour and enchantment in old age. If you identify with your own youth, or beauty, or intellect, or accomplishments, then there is the constant gnawing knowledge that these attributes can and will vanish.

I am writing this book to assure you this is not the case. Basically you are no more of a physical being than I am, and I have donned and discarded more bodies than I care to tell. Personalities who do not exist do not write books. I am quite independent of a physical image and so are you.

Consciousness creates form. It is not the other way around. All personalities are not physical. It is only because you are so busily concerned with daily matters that you do not realise that there is a portion of you who knows that its own powers are far superior to those shown by the ordinary self.

You would be much better off in reading this book if you asked yourself who you are, rather than asked who I am, for you cannot understand what I am unless you understand the nature of personality and the characteristics of consciousness.

If you believe firmly that your consciousness in locked up somewhere inside your skull and is powerless to escape it , if you feel that your consciousness ends at the boundary of your body, then you sell yourself short, and you will think that I am a delusion. I am no more a delusion than you are, and that may be a loaded sentence.

I can say this to each of my readers honestly (smile): I am older than you are, at least in terms of age as you think of it.

If a writer can qualify as any kind of authority on the basis of age, therefore, then I should get a medal.

I am an energy personality essence, no longer focused in physical matter. As such, I am aware of some truths than many of you seem to have forgotten.

I hope to remind you of these. I do not speak so much to the part of you that you think of as yourself as to that part of you that you do not know, that you have to some extent denied and to some extent forgotten. That part of you reads this book, [even] as “you” read it.

And I (David) can add “That part of you is listening to this talk ‘even’ as you are listening.

Seth’s Main Themes (Power Point 5)

• Consciousness is “All that is”
• “Gestalts” of Consciousness form patterns which are projected into physical reality.
• “Personality” is a product of a conglomerate of many minds, which is forever changing.
• Each mind is capable of living many lives simultaneously in multiple dimensions/realities.
• The nature of mass consciousness and mass events.

Now to study and even begin to understand the “Seth” material takes many years and personally I think it would be a great subject for a PhD.

As the years have passed since the publication of the “Seth” books it is hard to imagine that later scientific theories such as David Bohm’s Implicate/Explicate Order and others were not influenced by a  knowledge of Seth’s portrayal of reality.

(Power Point 6)

“To my great surprise – and slight annoyance- I found that Seth eloquently and lucidly articulated a view of reality that I had arrived at only after great effort and an extensive study of both paranormal phenomena  and quantum physics……..”

– Michael Talbot

-author of The Holographic Universe and                                                                                                            – Beyond the Quantum

So let us get right into the basic thrust of Seth’s view of how reality is formed. We cannot even begin to scratch the surface in one hour and I want to leave as much time as possible for questions.

(Power Point 7)

• C.U.’s Units of Consciousness
• E.E. Units Electro Magnetic Energy Units
• Gestalt Consciousness a term encompassing the above.

All gestalt consciousnesses co-operate and conglomerate to form the individual components of the living world.

Seth states that consciousness is the basis of “All that is”. He describes( within the limits of our ability to comprehend) “CU’s” – Consciousness Units – which form EE Units – Electro Magnetic energy units- which combine into myriad patterns to produce reality as we know it. Seth’s recurring theme is that everything is a gestalt consciousness, a conglomerate of multiple units of consciousness which operate simultaneously in multiple dimensions. Think of Walt Disney coining the word “Imagineering” i.e. turning an idea into reality. Now, by virtue of 3D printing we can turn an idea into a solid object in minutes. You have an idea of an object, you design that object using a computer. Where it exists in a kind of three dimensional electro-magnetic reality.  A Hologram!

You slice that Hologram very thinly, connect the computer to your 3D printer, load the printer with the material of your choice, metal, plastic or even living cells, and the printer then constructs your object layer by layer.

JUST HOW DIFFICULT IS IT TO IMAGINE MIND MANIPULATING ATOMS, MOLECULES, ENERGY IN A SIMILAR WAY.

(Power Point 8)

• Consciousness is a way of perceiving the various dimensions of reality.
• “You” form your physical body.
• The “inner you” directs your activities
• The “self” that you know is but one fragment of your entire identity.
• Your “identity” is a gestalt consciousness able to experience multiple lives in multi dimensions simultaneously.

As Seth states on page 8 of the Seth Material.

Consciousness is a way of perceiving the various dimensions of reality. Consciousness, as you know it is highly specialised. The physical senses allow you to perceive the three dimensional world, and yet by their very nature they can inhibit the perception of equally valid dimensions. You would not think of identifying with one portion of your body and ignoring all other parts, and yet you are doing the same thing when you imagine that the egotistical self carries the burden of your identity.

I am telling you that you are not a cosmic bag of bones and flesh, thrown together through some mixture of chemicals and elements. I am telling you that your consciousness is not some fiery product, formed merely accidentally through the inter workings of chemical components.

You are not a forsaken offshoot of physical matter, nor is your consciousness meant to vanish like a puff of smoke. Instead you form the physical body that you know at a deeply unconscious level with great discrimination, miraculous clarity, and intimate unconscious knowledge of each minute cell that composes it. This is not meant symbolically.

Now because your conscious mind, as you think of it, is not aware of these activities, you do not identify with this inner portion of yourselves. You prefer to identify with the part of you who watches television or cooks or works- the part you think knows what it is doing but this seemingly unconscious portion of yourself is far more knowledgeable, and upon its smooth functioning your entire physical existence depends.

This portion is conscious, aware, alert. It is you “the physical”, so focussed in physical reality, who do not listen to it’s voice, who do not understand that it is the great psychological strength from which your physically orientated self springs. This inner portion of you sifts all information from all dimensions and unbelievable inner activities take place before you can so much as lift a finger, flicker an eyelid,  read this sentence upon the page or before a word is spoken.

You must understand that there are no real divisions to the self , however, so we speak of various portions only to make the basic idea clear.

You cannot understand yourselves, and you cannot accept my independent existence, until you rid yourself of the notion that personality is a “here and now” attribute of consciousness.

The self that you know is but one fragment of your entire identity. Like the various skins of an onion or segments of an orange, all connected through the one vitality and growing out into various realities while springing from the same source.

For convenience’s sake, you close out the multitudinous inner communications that leap between the tiniest parts of your flesh, yet even as physical creatures you are to some extent a portion of other consciousnesses’.  There are no limitations to the self. There are no limitations to its potentials. You can adopt artificial limitations through your own ignorance however. You can deny, but you cannot change, the facts. The personality is multi-dimensional, even though many people hide their heads, figuratively speaking, in the sand of three dimensional existence and pretend there is nothing more. In this book I hope to pull some heads out of the sand.

Now listening to me recite paragraphs from the Seth books although thought provoking is a little bit dry.  Now following the death of our son in 1994 I became intensely interested in the nature of consciousness after I had several paranormal experiences which convinced me that my son in some form continued to exist. Reading of other experiences is all very well but having the experience yourself validates your conviction. For three years we helped an English medium to develop into a first class materialisation medium, with adults and children materialising in the room and voices of deceased personages coming out of the air. We have been involved with many trance circles in the UK most of which were of poor quality. However , for a period of approximately 3 years, 2010,11 and 12 here in Sydney we sat to develop a local mental medium and she subsequently developed into a first class trance medium. The group of minds that spoke through her ( I must tell you minds of this nature invariably refer to the medium as the vehicle or the instrument) were able to converse with a knowledge and insight, in my opinion, approaching that of Seth. They did not wish to dictate a book but we plied them with questions on all manner of subjects and particularly I asked questions covered by Seth in order both to test the knowledge of the communicators and validate Seth’s opinions.

I have been a medium myself for some 15 years and probably due to the number of hours I have spent in séances conversing with non physical intelligences my clairaudience in certain states of mind has become quite strong. I sometimes come awake in the early hours and “listen” to such as the following, which often appears to be a simplified version of more intricate realities.

(Power Point 9)                  Entangled Minds.

Once upon a time, a thought arose, where it came from no-one knows. Minds saw this thought and liked the idea behind the thought. The thought was about having a certain life in the physical. Many more minds liked the idea of this life in the physical and joined the thought, until there were many, many minds and their thoughts linked together, united in their decision to experience that projected life.

They sorted out a mother and a father and it began. The child was born and was named Joe Public. As Joe’s life progressed other minds were attracted as they saw the events that were planned for this life, and they wanted to be part of it, wanted to experience this life, and as it went along many minds came, and many minds left, having experienced the event that they wished to experience. So, the conglomeration of minds known as  Joe, went along, forever adding and losing minds, but always known as Joe and all those minds that had ever been Joe, ever been a part of Joe, always had the memory of the experience of being Joe. So Joe was a part of many minds and many minds were a part of Joe and so it went on and Joe went on forever, forever changing, forever adding new minds, losing old minds, but was forever Joe, and Joe was forever connected to every other mind that had ever been a part of him. And every other mind who remembered their experience with Joe was always connected to Joe. And so Joe never had a real identity because Joe was a part of the whole of all these minds. And so was every other Joe and every other Joanna. Everything that exists is all a part of everything, a part of the thought world, endless conglomeration of thought, endless gestalts of consciousness.

So, can you see that you are a part of everything, always connected and always yourself, yet forever in the process of becoming – always able to say “I AM”.

David Ingman – received clairaudiently upon waking.

(Power Point 10)

• When you think about the constant exchange of atoms (consciousnesses and minds) between your body and the rest of the material world it is the same thing going on.
• When you think how it is considered that planets, stars and galaxies are formed from gaseous clouds, black holes and white holes etc. is the conglomeration of thought the same process, i.e. it produces our world, the world that we “see”?

It is a simplified explanation of how we as seeming individuals are an individual pattern composed of an ever changing group of conscious minds. This simple story neatly encompasses many of Seth’s statements regarding identity.

Think of a piece of music always recognisable but subject to different arrangements, different instruments, different musicians, different conductors. The composition remains the same but is ever-changing and is always recognisable depending on which minds are interpreting the piece. (remember Joe Public)

(Power Point 11)

• Seth:- So psychological structures form to which names are given. The names are meaningless, but the structures behind them are not. Such psychological structures also retain their identity, their pattern of uniqueness, even while they change constantly, die and are reborn. (See Joe Public)
• The eye rises out of the physical structure. The ego rises out of the structure of the psyche. It cannot see itself. As the eye cannot. Both look outward – in one case away from the physical body, and in the other case away from the inner psyche to the environment.
• The creative body consciousness creates the eye. The creative inner psyche creates the ego. The body forms the eye in the splendid wisdom of its great unconscious knowing. The psyche brings forth the ego that perceives physically. Both the eye and the ego are formations focused toward perception of exterior reality.
• Seth:- The Nature of Personal Reality:- Chapter 1

Now if you refer to the last two paragraphs of the “Living Picture of the World” Seth states – The ego cannot see itself as the eye cannot.

Now this may be hard to accept. You will never find an individual “you” …. you will only ever “see”, “feel”, “imagine” who you are, as you project and observe, the combined interpretation by the multiple consciousnesses that comprise “you” in a particular direction of focus, i.e. at any “moment in time.” The interpretation of how a “particular” pattern is being portrayed results in the personality that you believe you are.

So, if you are content with “who you are” continue to observe and reflect. But, if you wish to change a little or a lot, think of the attributes/ traits etc you would like to exhibit and know that you will attract like minds/thoughts (like attracts like). If you concentrate on portraying these attributes/traits, gradually “who you are” will become “who you desire to be”. You will be able to look back and say “that is who I was” and “this is who I AM”

(Power Point 12)

• There is no such thing as dead matter
• Nothing exists – neither rock, mineral, plant, animal or air – that is not filled with consciousness of its own kind.
• There is no object that was not formed by consciousness.
• You cannot understand what you are unless you understand such matters.
• Seth Speaks:- Page 10

(Power Point 13)

• You are like an actor in a play.
• What you do not realise is that you are acting in many plays at the same time.
• In different centuries, in different dimensions.
• You co-create the script, the props, the setting, the themes.
• You, and every other individual consciousness that takes part.
• You are so focused in your roles however, so entranced that you have forgotten that they are of your own creation.
• Seth Speaks:- Chapter4

You co-create your lives, you co-create your events, you co-create your body and once you realise that the consciousness that is you cannot be destroyed, only continually transformed, you will realise that the only purpose in life is the purpose that you create for yourself.

So we have briefly covered how Seth sees the formation of physical reality and our part in it so now let us look at his statement that we live simultaneous multiple lives in multiple realities or dimensions. Some will interpret this concept as reincarnational lives. Seth states that time is a particular belief we apply to our physical reality. Many physicists agree – there is no such thing as “time” and the majority subscribe to the multiverse and parallel universe theories.  Multiple dimensions by other names.

Chris Johnson, an author of books on Seth, said to me “What we think of as “past lives” or “other lives” ( as there is no time where they exist in the psyche) can influence your “current life’s thinking and beliefs. Importantly, this also applies in “reverse” – what you “resolve” in the way of challenges in this lifetime reverberates across all the lifetimes that contribute to your overall identity.

All exists at all times and each event happens when you focus upon it and what is more you find yourself a part of that reality in what, to you, is the present moment. As you switch focus from one dimension to the other this gives the impression that everything happens simultaneously as you seem to be participating in all of these events at once with no break in sequentiality.

But of course if our minds could work at the speed of today’s computers, and remember that communication between the smallest particles/waves is instantaneous, then experience, comprehension and analysis of multiple areas of interest can be performed in the blink of an eye giving the impression of simultaneity.

There was a recounting of an NDE on Victor Zammit’s website where the person who had the experience states that wherever he looked he seemed to be in a different life and what’s more they were all happening at the same time. As explained by Seth in what he calls “the spacious present”

Now, when I had reached this point I thought the presentation was finished but in the early hours of the next morning I awoke to receive the following:- (some of you may pick up the thread as we go along and arrive at the end before I do.)

(Power Point 14)

Entangled Minds (an expanded version)

Once upon a time a thought arose, where it came from no-one knows. Minds saw this thought and liked the idea behind the thought. The thought was about forming a world composed of light, with many things to see, do and experience.

Seven major gestalts of consciousness decided that they would make the idea reality. They were known as red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo and violet. They agreed that the group would be known as Roy G. Biv or ROY for short.

ROY began mixing colours (of consciousness) from his infinite palette. When he thought that he had done enough he said, “let there be light,” and there was. (The Big Bang? i.e. when consciousness decided to explicate the Gravityverse. )

Now some of these innumerable compositions of light, gestalt consciousnesses were called people. The people, as they stood in awe and wonder at the world around them, soon realised that ROY was everywhere, and they said, “ROY is omnipresent,” and someone exclaimed, “but that means he must know of all that is and therefore is omniscient.  Such total knowledge must give ROY total power, so he must be omnipotent.”

Roy G. Biv was, is, and will always be, composed of multiple consciousnesses with infinite aspects which when displayed in their infinite variety of composition we label “physical reality”.

Now you will all be familiar with the light spectrum and its range of frequencies.

Now ROY can present all shades of himself depending on what mix of gestalts of consciousness (minds) he chooses to project. All these shades we now refer to as personalities, aspects of minds of different intensities displayed as one.

ROY is, amongst others, also known as Joe and Joanna Public.

Power Point 15  “Light Diagram”

At this point a picture was shown which unfortunately I have not been able to attach. it showed Consciousness, Minds and Diversity of Thought, Identity and Unity of Thought(s), The “Observers”, The Observed, Personalities and how everything is linked.

Now, again I considered the presentation was basically complete, but “someone” was following a different agenda.

The following morning, January 19^th, I woke up as a different personality I spoke with a beautiful cut glass accent, I sang to a compendium of 30’s to 60’s songs for three hours with a vastly improved range, and clarity of tone. I was able to sustain notes for much longer than previously and my breathing pattern was effortless. Of particular surprise was the way my phrasing often times differed from the way I had sung those songs for the past 50 years.

My wife, daughter and son-in-law, thought this personality was wonderful, commented that it seemed to be in love with the world and everything in it, and they sensed a powerful presence. For my part I was serene and relaxed yet felt totally self-assured and had boundless energy. My mind, hard to describe, also felt expanded and somehow I was “larger”. All in all I was ecstatic about the new me.

I recognised that I had been given this experience to underline the basic truth of my lecture. This personality is the ideal that I have always wished to be and probably my long suffering wife’s dream also.

However, being the person I am, that evening I started to analyse what was happening and whilst realising the pros started searching for the cons, and also, what parts of my personality would I lose. I went to sleep thinking of these things.

The next morning I woke up and the old me was back, but the comparison left me in no doubt, I was being given a choice. I could be who I wished to be if I chose to.

The new personality made its appearance at odd occasions during the following weeks. During a particularly pleasant period I “heard” the dry amused comment “perhaps we have reached a happy medium.” The most interesting part of this experience was that “I” was always present as an “observer” – I was “watching” and “hearing” my body expressing itself as a different personality – I was both the “observer” and the “observed”.

I hoped that I would be able to call upon this aspect of myself at will, but unfortunately that has not been the case and it has not made itself known since February. However, “I” have been left with a milder personality and have also realised that speaking with an upper-class accent is unimportant, likewise the much-improved singing. All in all I am more at peace with who I am.

This was the end of the talk and I then invited questions from the audience.

 

“The mystery of human existence lies not in just staying alive, but in finding something to live for.”
                                                                     ― Fyodor Dostoyevsky, The Brothers Karamazov

“The purpose of life is to live it, to taste experience to the utmost, to reach out eagerly and without fear for newer and richer experience.”
                                                                             ― Eleanor Roosevelt

“Still there are moments when one feels free from one’s own identification with human limitations and inadequacies. At such moments, one imagines that one stands on some spot of a small planet, gazing in amazement at the cold yet profoundly moving beauty of the eternal, the unfathomable: life and death flow into one, and there is neither evolution nor destiny; only being.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         -Albert Einstein

So if where we come from we have all knowledge available to us and appear to be able to do whatever we want, what is the reason we need to come here?

As we have discussed before, if you found, by merely using your imagination, you could create any outcome you wish then what is the point of even entering into any form of competition if you realise that basically if everybody used the same techniques of investigation there will be stalemate in all cases. So, just like your handicap at various sports, then consciousness creates environments with certain handicaps so that you cannot just influence the outcomes of any particular events. You must work at it, you must develop logic, reason, persistence, desire, the will to achieve and from thence derive the satisfaction of having controlled and directed your own abilities. Therefore, you can have pride, shall we say, in your achievements whereas before without the handicaps you merely focus and it was! You can always return to this, of course, and for a while it is quite nice then again you decide, “Let’s see if I can?”

What is the purpose of life?

The purpose of life, man’s everlasting quest. He doesn’t use his vaunted powers of logic and reason. He doesn’t realise that the logic and reason comes from his consciousness. They are not a product of the material plane, they are a product of consciousness. Therefore use the tools that you have, to try to see why the instruments you have created, are to be used for purposes that you devise for them. You believe in reincarnation yet you do not try to understand the self that is reincarnating. You seem to think that every expression of the self is individual in its own right instead of realising that it is merely a portrayal of a personality to suit the circumstances in which it finds itself, it has to deal with.

Why do you need a purpose? Is it because you are afraid of your own freedom? Consciousness has total freedom and you will accord it that, therefore why not accord it the freedom to engage in any activity it wishes to engage in? And when we use the singular term of it we also encompass the totality of the consciousness because all consciousness has the ability to engage in any activity that it sees fit. Again, you would respect that attribute. So why not stand back, look at the panoply, at the activity, at the infinity of activity that is available to consciousness and see how consciousness within the physical plane devises all kinds of games and plays, scenarios and activities and devises rules for each one of these in order to provide, a word which you may not feel applies to many of the things that are carried on in your physical realm, but if you look at the games you devise then you will have no problem in equating the two because you realise your games are just games.

If you realise that the whole of physical activity is just a construct to provide entertainment, it is in fact a game and therefore it is all constructed for entertainment, purely that, activity, activity, fun, something to do. What else would you have it do once you consider that consciousness, all that is, has nothing to do but be aware. Aware of what? So you must make something to be aware of, that’s called creativity. So we use the imagination, which is also another word for creativity, and you construct ideas, and because everything is interconnected you pick up particles of thought, threads of thought from various consciousnesses and in some cases an idea just forms with no obvious origination, like several people throwing paint at a canvas and suddenly somebody says, “I can see a face,” or “I can see a dog,” or “I can see a table,” but it is not until several partial ideas come together, in perhaps you would say a random method, that order arises from chaos albeit in many cases accidentally. Although, in the majority of cases, with an end in mind. This, surely , when you apply logic, reason, common sense, all common or garden attributes of the mind to the totality of consciousness and the infinity of existence, what else would you have it do?

The word purpose in your language implies a finished result. There can never, ever be a finished result. At the same time as you talk of purpose you are quite happy to talk of “forever becoming”. The two things are mutually incompatible. Unless you say, the purpose is to forever become. But how many people would view the word purpose without a goal, unless you explain the purpose was to keep on surviving. But then if you know that it is impossible not to survive, then the purpose is to keep oneself as happy as possible. And so we come back to keep oneself, entertained.

So as we were saying last night, it’s experience.

Of course. Whenever you set out to entertain yourself do you finish with ”I enjoyed that experience”? If you did, you plan to do it again, but if you did not enjoy that experience, you do not do it again.

______________________________________________________

You wonder. What is the purpose? What better purpose can there be than to wake up each morning and open the oyster that is your world and look to see what is inside for you today. And know that you have the choice to make it what you will. To look into any aspect of   “reality and non-reality” knowing that whatever it is you wish to seek out or you wish to experience is not just a possibility but can become actuality. It is only your current belief systems, which, of course, you have created to give yourself something to overcome, something to derive a sense of satisfaction from, to have the excitement of achievement, that “eureka” moment as you discover the thrill of sudden understanding. Now such is the vastness of sensual creativity that there is no way that you can hold all, as one said, in the palm of your hand, and there is no need to either, it is always there.

You, me, us, everything is aware that it is always there and it is merely a matter of choice as to what you decide to amuse yourself with, we will say “each day” for continuity of narrative purpose, but from moment to moment.

Now, do you need purpose other than that which you create for yourself? Even though the purpose may be to create something for others if that gives you satisfaction and a feeling of accomplishment. In the end you are your own awareness and you can only create, achieve, desire, satisfy and so on, for yourself because whatsoever you do for others you do for yourself. How does that sit with you?

As consciousness is the ground of all being, so creativity is the purpose of all being. To exist is to imagine, thought is created by the imagination, thought is perceived and analysed and the impact of said thought gives an imagined outcome because one thought means one thing to one person and another thing to another person and so what is meaning but a perception, an imagined effect. Now, if we speak of creativity being the purpose of being, it means that creativity was determined to be the purpose of being. To explore the potential of your environment and the potential of your own versatility of imagination is to discover who you really are in terms of how you are observed by others because how you create, that is, manifest by imagination your reality, gives an indication of your personality traits, the word personality is being used in this instance because you are familiar with the word, but you can ascribe attitudes and beliefs to the consciousness because as it moves through various aspects of its own imagined realities, and for imagined, of course, substitute created or manifested realities, it is affected by those realities and likewise the realities are obviously affected by the extant beliefs, perceptions of the consciousness, which as has been repeated many times before is forever becoming, forever changing. Now why should creativity be seen as a purpose but then again why not? If we look at the Eastern religions striving towards a state of unalloyed bliss what do we consider this to be? To be sitting in the stillness of pure awareness with nothing to focus upon and therefore this is meant to be joy, in fact bliss is a very calm form of joy, peace more like it. But think to yourselves, how long can you as a consciousness of course, which you are, endure continuous peace, sooner or later you will desire action because consciousness, consciousness and energy are synonymous let us say, has an innate desire for action, an innate drive to discover its own potential and to explore the infinite potential that exists within the totality of consciousness of which it is a part. That exploration involves the challenge and the joy of manifesting ones ideas but of course the idea is something that always exists, as everything always exists. You merely light upon, focus upon an idea and decide how you are going to manifest that idea. But, your idea of that idea is different from someone else’s idea of that idea and so we achieve diversity. In fact a form of similarity or unity within diversity even though there may be minor differences in said unity.

Interconnected Consciousness co-creates all realities in every moment.

How much of creativity are we actually involved in, for example how much would I be involved in the formation of the earth, the big earthquake which recently struck in Nepal, how does this work if we are all responsible for creation?

You create your own reality in every moment, now each element of the conscious universe as we know it is in the process of creating its own reality at every moment and you must be careful about being too human centric in all this. Because you see an earthquake does not mean you have created that earthquake, however, you have agreed to that earthquake. You have accepted it.

That’s what I mean because then you are involved.

Everything is involved all the time because it is a co-created reality and therefore various ideas are floated and of course they are agreed upon by the mass of consciousness that is involved in the particular reality. Now, there are as many realities as there are ideas and so the agreement of those focused in one reality is, you might say, ring fenced to a certain degree because unless there is some form of interdimensional activity, which for our purposes is not worth explaining at this time, then the effects are contained within the perception of the physical reality which you enjoy. Now, you have to allow other aspects of consciousness to be involved in their own games.

But if we come back to the earthquake and we’ve all agreed on this earthquake what would be the purpose behind choosing to have the earthquake? Would it be to reduce the population or just purely for some form of excitement?

You are asking a human centric question, because do you create a solar flare?

From what you are saying we agree to a solar flare.

I think the word agreement here maybe capable of being presented in a different context. Let’s take an awareness that certain things occur but you decide in the first place that these are not of any tangible import to the events that you wish to experience. In other words the mass consciousness that is the sun, the mass consciousness that is the earth, they do their own thing. You are aware of these things and you say to yourself, this does not have any particular relevance to my planned sequence of events.

You choose your reality, but you choose your reality on the earth.  You do not create the earth. The consciousnesses that are involved create the earth itself much as the clouds are created by the consciousnesses within. Everything you see as reality is created by participating consciousnesses. If you assume that the clouds are aware of the earth and the earth is aware of the clouds where does the human fit in to this scenario? Simply, it is aware of the fact that there is a possibility here for an enjoyable existence because a vehicle can be created and this is as good as any a place to try out different aspects of creativity. Creativity leads to experience (which is the object of the exercise).

Comment: It can be compared to a film producer lighting upon the perfect geographical location in which to stage his drama.

If I were a Nepalese living in the earthquake zone would I have planned that experience for myself?

When the consciousness decided to take a life in the physical and chose its parents would it have been aware that this was a particularly earthquake prone locality?

One would imagine the answer to that would be yes.

Therefore one would be open to the possibility that it could happen and that your particular instrument might get destroyed. That is a chance that you are willing to take and of course if we go along with others prognostications then a certain amount of people decided that would be their time and method of exiting the physical environment. We all choose our pathways.

So when we choose our pathways do we choose only the major events as opposed to every minute detail?

When you decide upon a holiday you decide from the possibilities that lay before you to go to a certain country. You check out, in general, what there is to do in that country, that is how you make your choice in the first place, you check out those things that you would like to experience. You may decide on a skiing holiday in which case the experience is obvious. You may decide on a beach holiday. You may decide on a touring holiday and then you plan your route. You plan your route to take in this sight, that sight, maybe some experience such as a football match. Now what happens as you go along the route?

You can get distracted by things.

Exactly. Then does it come to mind that “I still want to do that”? How often do you say “Oh, I’ll forget this one, I’ll forget that one, I’ll forget the other one? Unless something comes along that is far more attractive than your original plan and then you may decide to simply change your plan.

As you create your reality in every moment would there be the element of creativity if you had predetermined every moment of existence? That does not mean to say that you lose sight of your original plan. In general, people will stick, to a major degree, to their original plan because after all that is why they made the creative effort to produce their sensory vehicle in the first place and lived through the mundane aspects yet again.

As we choose our parents do we also choose the person that we are going to marry?

Some do, some don’t. Some would rather just wait and see what happens because again, this is the uncertainty and also the challenge whereas other methods are that, let us say, good friends or ones that had previously enjoyed existences together, then agree to take on certain roles. They would meet and there would exist an unaware affinity which means that the consciousnesses in question would be ensured a stable relationship which then would not disrupt the eventual fulfilment of the planned existence.

You are your higher self. You can think as your higher self. Put yourself in place, in the viewpoint of the higher self and see what logic you would pursue in planning your next existence. Why not do that exercise? Plan a new existence to the extent even of writing it down and go through it on an age by age basis. As a small child, as a primary school child, as a high school child, as a late teenager, as a young person. Whether you married or not, whether you had children or not. Which sexual preference you decided to be. You will find that you have such a wide range of possibilities at every juncture that you would be inclined to put down several options because you always need a default in case option 1 does not eventuate. You will find as you write all this down that because you are coming already from a certain viewpoint you will look at the life that you have laid out and find many, many similarities with the life you are presently leading. In the process of doing this you will feel forced to make some major changes. For example, you may decide to be of the opposite sex, you may decide to be a great composer but I think you will find that if you do the exercise without comparison until you have finished the exercise and then compare it with your present life you will probably find that there are an awful lot of similarities. You would need to be an extrovert and resilient individual to choose a life of hardship and you can imagine most people would choose a life of perfect health and various levels of achievement and enjoyment. And so if this exercise was carried out by a number of people then, as you can imagine, there would be similarities, so let us go back to choosing your partner and which sort of partner would you choose having regard to the life plan you have just drawn up.

You would have to take it all into consideration, wouldn’t you?

But, again you would not choose a partner would you who had an event plan which was diametrically opposed to your own. On the other hand you may want to decide that even though you have had for example a relatively puritan existence you may decide that next time you want a life of gay abandon. And so if you wanted a life of gay abandon you would have to search for a like free spirit. You would want to find a common denominator there where you could both enjoy to a great degree the exuberance and ecstasy of certain activities. Because how could you explore them to the fullest unless you both were capable of soaring on the wings. So once more we have to say that you are not choosing one life at a time, you are choosing many aspects of that life plan if you wish to do so.  As we said you are choosing default options and if for example you wanted to be a top athlete and yet due to a lack of detail in your choice of parents it turned out to be that your instrument was not capable of reaching the top echelons, then you would have to have the default option. So, perhaps because you are entering the world of uncertainty, because it is a world of uncertainty and you are exploring the limits of your creativity then you cannot be certain at any time as to whether your preconceived plans would eventually come to fruition and this is why lives are lead where things haven’t gone quite as according to plan as they were envisaged when the life was first being conceived of.  Therefore one decides to do another similar life hoping for better luck next time. Because it is not only your own life plan that has these default options but of course there is every other consciousness who is enjoying reality with you. So can we come back to the earthquake and see that maybe somebody was in the wrong place at the wrong time. However on another level they would have decided to exit at that time, but that does not mean to say that was the original life plan.

So, if we come back to the earthquake is it possible that whatever planned, conceived that earthquake did in fact wish to reduce the population a bit?

We come back to the solar flare. The size of the sun, if you believe that the ground of all being is consciousness, is many times the size of the earth. Do you think that the gestalt consciousness, that is the sun, is following its own plan? And when we look at the gestalt consciousness of the earth, Gaia, in comparison with the consciousness of the human being, do you think that the Gaia consciousness has any particular regards to the life plans of the creatures that crawl upon its skin?

Probably not.

Now, it is too easy to find yourself able to collapse the quantum wave, shall we say, and effect or create matter and then to make, I was going to say a quantum leap but that’s not quite right, but to jump to conclusions and that you are somehow the master of everything.  So far in the discoveries that have been made a reasonable sense of logical association pertains with regard to most perception. So far most of the human logic relates around cause and effect and would you then, if cause and effect is another “law” within physical reality, think from this perspective that that law must exist everywhere, in all realities.

Not necessarily.

Not necessarily so but being focused for your lifetime in this reality it is very difficult to envisage anything else. Much as it is very difficult to imagine yourself as one with everything around you, because you have got used to separateness or perceived separateness. You find, of course, slowly that you are connected, your thoughts are connected but you cannot see that the objects are connected until you realise, or you imagine, that everything is appearing in denser manifestations from a homogenous background. Do you understand? The objects stand out as separate but as you described before when you look into these pictures that appear to be just white noise on a screen, you look into the picture and suddenly three dimensional objects appear. Now, take the air around you, decide it is all energy, imagine yourself high above the earth, not looking at the earth, not being able to see the stars or the planets surrounded by air and then imagine that if you focus your gaze at a certain distance objects start to appear and you put this down to various densities or flow of air. Can you imagine this? Effectively this is what you are doing, so the words “create your own realities” really mean “create your own perceptions” and your perceptions to you are your realities.

Let us go back to these pictures, at first sight it is just fuzziness but you decide to sharpen your focus and look beyond what you see, you look through the veil, the veil of illusion and then you find a reality, behind it. The difference is, you are constructing this reality, but you are not aware that you are your larger identity. Your larger identity is constructing your reality, your perception. It is passing the perception to the instrument which is the smaller self and because the smaller self is programmed to believe what it sees, the larger self can experience the reaction of the smaller self and manipulate to suit.

Once more, you may think that if you wish to experience something that may cause you emotional pain in one fashion or another then would it be preferable to experience that at arm’s length, while all the time knowing that actually, although it was a terrific shock, you would know that you were OK. This is the sort of parallel you can draw with being involved in a very realistic viewing of a horror film. Where you get drawn into the action and the filmmaker suddenly blasts something at you from the screen and you recoil in horror.

So why is it so difficult for people to realise that this is a production? The co-creation is a production. It is a production to be enjoyed and we might say, it is a method of passing the time. There may be no time but there is certainly a continual focus. So it is “what shall we focus on today” and why not explore creativity here, there and everywhere? You have to make it what you term “realistic” and limit your knowledge for the instrument purposes otherwise you are always aware that no reality actually exists in terms of what you understand as reality. Your real reality is the possibility of creating anything you want. That is your reality. Therefore, any reality is your reality, your reality is wherever you focus, whatever you want to be. But as we talked about the billionaires, whenever you realise that you can have anything you desire, what happens to your desire? It is extinguished basically until you can think up something else that you desire to do.

So back to “Entangled Minds”. A thought arose, that seems like a good idea, let’s do that. Meanwhile of course there can be several thoughts arising and we can do this and this and this until at some stage you say” that’s enough for now, I can do all those others another time or another focus. If we take the logic that appears to be our, let us say, god given ability then surely that logic must exist wherever we focus. It just depends on the rules pertaining in the reality that we decide to focus in. It is very difficult for the instrument within physical reality to envisage even what rules there may be in another reality. It takes an expansive consciousness to be able to conceive of a reality totally different to this reality.

In a way like us going to a different country of which we have no knowledge whatsoever.

You have to acclimatise and you may decide once you get into that other country that you do not like it and so you may decide to leave much earlier than you thought. You understand what we are saying? There are wheels within wheels within wheels and you must always be open to the fact that each consciousness has its own idea of what it wishes to experience in any particular focus but it also may not have researched the reality in depth. As above so below, fools rush in where angels fear to tread. Once more, look within your own language for distilled experience.

So fools rush in where angels fear to tread. Now, let us say an impulsive consciousness and the word “angel” says, someone who knows a lot more, so would you say that angels would look at the situation and make a thorough assessment before deciding to move into a situation?

One would hope so.

And would you say that the impulsive look at the situation and say “I don’t worry about that, I’ll take my chances”.

I think that could be very much the case.

And I will live in Nepal.

Because that opportunity has come up. I want to explore the eastern mentality. I don’t want to be in a monastery but why not live in the mountains, be absorbed in this atmosphere and meanwhile I’ll take another life as a money trader in London and I’ll compare the emotions and thoughts and see the contrast and the similarities. If you look at certain consciousnesses in their human form you will see exactly what we have just said. That somebody involved in the most hectic daily life may at some stage decide to go trekking the wilderness. Why? To experience opposites. Experiences are relatively infinite, you just choose and choose and choose and if you think that choice wasn’t too good then you choose something else. And so it goes on and on, because to be, is to be, is to be. When you realise you cannot not be then you decide that action is preferable to inaction. Action is infinitely preferable to the word we talked about earlier “ennui”, unutterable boredom.

Now, let us return to why “purpose” we manufacture for ourselves is creativity. Creativity can equally be hitching a ride with somebody else’s creativity because you will still have a different perception, a different opinion, a different future plan maybe or a knowing that your experience and perception alters your future plan. That is still an example of you creating your own reality. One must not be too pedantic in thinking you are hands on all the time. Even if you just go along for the ride with one after another you are still creating your own reality because you are merely liking the idea and joining in. But simply the fact of liking the idea and joining in, that becomes your reality when you focus. Language is a problem. The word “creating” has a certain connotation whereas “going with the flow” probably describes the process more aptly. You go with the flow and accept the reality that confronts you but you are still instrumental in what you experience because you have decided to go with a certain flow. You always made a choice because you cannot do otherwise.

You are conscious therefore you think and a non- decision is equally as valid as a decision because a non-decision is a decision. So unfortunately for some you cannot escape being alive. So have we shed a little light on why creativity is the embodiment of the word purpose and, of course, the word purpose implies the spacious present. It is virtually impossible to describe the feeling of no time in the words of a time based system and so there will always be shades of grey and a certain amount of difficulty in understanding our efforts tonight in trying to put over to you the essentiality of exploring your creativity as a reason for your being. Have we given you some glimmer of understanding?

______________________________________________________

There is no purpose.

There is a journey. What have you just looked at on the computer?

A cruise.

That you will take, together?

Yes

Why, do you feel like taking it together?

Because we want to be together.

Because you find each other agreeable companions?

Yes

So why do seekers try to make such a big deal out of taking a trip in the physical together?

Yes. It just happens.

It doesn’t just happen, it is agreed upon. You say, ”I’m going to do this, do you like this idea?” ”Oh yes that’s appealing”. But it is not just the two, it is the whole gang, you might say. Let’s all do this together. How big do you want the play to be? Let’s all get together for this and we’ll do this and you’ll do that and we’ll do the other. As above so below. If you look round at your whole society you are all doing your own thing and yet all comes together to provide the whole in which you find your mutual enjoyment, your mutual sustenance. You have to have the butcher, the baker and the candlestick maker.

Yes. You have to have all aspects of the play.

You all agreed to come and be in the play at the same time but in order for the play to be a success and to be enjoyable by all, you all had to play different roles. It would be impossible for you to have a play with all playing the same role. So, very simple and very logical. In order to put any major event together you must have many participants prepared to play their particular part, from the small to the large. We refer back to a previous discussion of the painter. Of the background and the foreground, each plays their part, but all wanted to appear in the picture.

So, in answer to the question, why when you met did you decide that you wished to be together?

Because we liked each other.

___________________________________________________

I have chosen an item from the “Seth” books and I would like your comments please. Life as we know it is excitement, highly organised, excitement at all levels, microscopic, macroscopic, psychic and is the result of the relationship between balance and imbalance, between organisation and chaos. It is excitement ever in a state of flux forming psychic and material knots. It is explosive yet filled with order. It becomes so filled with itself that it explodes in the same way that a flower bursts. The same principle is acting in a hurricane, or a flood, or a murder or the creation of a poem or the formation of a dream, in the birth and death of individuals and nations.

An extremely simple answer. Everything is connected to everything else. When an idea or a thought, if you wish, or a focus is activated, one never knows how many people, when we say people, we say how many consciousnesses, are going to be involved in that particular outcome. Therefore there is always a question of uncertainty. You may as well substitute the word uncertainty for excitement in that one doesn’t know what is going to happen until the intensity builds and this is where the excitement is. The intensity of thought builds from all those who are connected to it so you never know the amount of people who are involved. Let me give you an example. Take a game of football, the excitement swells as the ball is being passed nearer to the goal and should the ball actually go in then a huge amount of intensity goes up but if it doesn’t the anticipatory roar then fades away again. You can see how uncertainty creates excitement because you are never sure of just how many people are going to be involved or what the attitude is going to be.

_____________________________________________________

Can you explain the purpose of the life review.

When you are coming back from a holiday, do you say to yourself, ”Well, that was a pleasant holiday? Do you tell your friends we went to here, we went to there, we went to somewhere else. Oh! And this happened. Somebody jumped off the boat, we were hijacked, we had the flu. Were you reviewing your holiday?

So, if you go through a chain of experiences you will basically remember the highs and the lows. You won’t say “I had 20,000 lunches and 20,000 dinners”. Yes?

And you can quickly, to save me the effort, give the potted version of your own life and, I dare say, you will be reasonably satisfied. And so, unless you intend to go back again or you feel you need to go back again or somebody tells you ought to go back again and you happen to listen to them, then there is no need for a life review. You merely can say “well, that’s that then” and move on. Apart from, of course, your love connections to those still in the physical. Most people will still like to tune in now and again to see how everything has gone along because they will still have some form of interest in “I wonder what ever happened to so and so be it a person, a country, the world in general.

______________________________________________________

Why does everybody and everything age if everything is being recreated in every moment?

You ask why you age, why everything ages, and if everything is being re-created in every moment, why the pattern cannot be kept constant so that age becomes a non sequitur. Now, for the purposes of narrative, let us go back to when the physical system was just an idea and then the idea had to be fleshed-out, an appropriate description. And so the parameters of the operation had to be specified. Can you see that if everything always stayed the same then surely your events would have the same flavour because all the participants would be non-variable. There would be no generations, no interaction, no growing up, no changes and therefore if you wanted to make something, you use the term learning, so that one could learn through an experience, let us turn that around, experience through learning, then one would have to have a change. So it would seem reasonably logical that there would be a beginning and an end and so time was born.

To save going into a lengthy and boring description, “there is a time to live and there is a time to die”, there is a time to come and there is a time to leave.  The system was designed for repeated visits in different designations of life so that many experiences could be derived from the one reality. Now it is possible for those who wish to work hard enough, shall we say, to discover how to control their bio mechanisms and you can see this today where you are taught through bio-feedback how to control your heart rate, your blood pressure and various other aspects. But, in general, there is not actually the desire to stay at one age or the intention. You may want to look the same but you don’t want to actually be the same   .You want to be who you are at the moment. You don’t want to ever remain a 15 year old, you can’t wait to grow-up and be an adult and because of the system you can’t wait to earn more money to acquire more material goods and experiences. To mix with the more successful, in the main.

How would it feel if you stayed 21 while everybody else aged around you and you found that all those to whom you were attached, who you enjoyed being with, were now 61? Would you rather be part of those who you knew or part of a new generation where you are the equal of your peer’s grandchildren? Upon reflection most people would say, “I prefer the safety of the herd” and you will see this in species after species. You prefer to be with those with whom you have something in common. Would you like to ask for further enlightenment?

So why does the body age?

Simply because, why does an idea age? Why does fashion age? Why does anything age? Why do some bodies live longer than others? What powers the body? What is the creation of the body? Does consciousness create form? Why do you tire of certain activities?

Because you get bored with them.

If you get bored with something do you input or give the same focus of attention as you did when you were passionate about that activity? If we call that taking care of, then what happens when you don’t take care of something as much? So focus, intensity of focus, care, whatever you wish, but when less and less interest is taken then gradually the machine falls into a state of disrepair.

Now you must add in, first of all, that the multiples that are producing the personality cannot help but take on the prevailing belief systems of the physical environment (of the instrument and certain mass beliefs). It is a co-created world. You all believe that you all see the same. You see the planets, you see the seas, you see the mountains, and that is the agreement, and you see each other. You all believe that you will die sometime and you all believe that you must age but some people age much slower than others. Why would that be? Because they don’t believe that they need to grow old. They do of course know that they will grow old, that is the belief. They act and see themselves and feel young and that is their reflection. Those that age much faster, the focuses that are engaged there, there just isn’t the intensity anymore. So those who are active and involved in lots of things in general tend to maintain their youthfulness further into old age. But you must realise, that without exception, all believe that they have a level of immortality. You must again put yourself back into the observer status and realise again that the attachments around and of the consciousnesses that join in the focus, many as we said are the die-hards, as the environment changes from that which they are accustomed to, a certain lack of interest in the new environment can build up if one is comfortable in the old. Therefore because the instruments, due to mass belief, no longer work to the same degree of efficiency, new recruits, shall we say, are harder to come by.

If you travel to another country and you have the choice, do you stay in a brand new hotel or do you go to a rundown motel? If money was no object or money didn’t matter you would just say you can stay here or there, then most of you will stay in the new. There may be the odd one who says, “Oh I like old things and I’ll stay there” and the same goes for those who prefer to use the mental aspects rather than the physical aspects of the body. Of course the diehards stay there to the last second of the game. There is no reason why the instruments cannot be kept alive, you might say, indefinitely, but for that to happen then beliefs must change and that is a slow process but you already are aware that life expectancy is continually growing.

Now, everything comes from consciousness, would you not think that the advances in all aspects, nutrition, medicine, environment, activity, etc. are not projects of consciousness and is not everything in a constant stage of improvement? We will not say perfection but a drive towards perfection. So, if you put yourself in a position of the observer, being that multiplicity, the idea comes up if we tweak this it could last longer but then wouldn’t you say, “Well let’s move to one of those new ones and we’ll start from there and see how long that one will last and we’ll do it all over again.”

____________________________________________________

It just struck me that a lot of us humans, I am talking humans, actually  depart to the other side during the night while they are asleep, is that something to do with decisions made in framework two while people are asleep?

You are making your decisions in framework two at every instant, awake or asleep. You do not have to leave your focus in the physical reality to focus in framework two, but you will agree, if you had the infinite amount of probabilities, possibilities, decisions coming into your conscious awareness here, regarding what you are going to do in the next instant, you would be totally overwhelmed. In much the same way as if coming up into your mind at every moment were all your selves saying, “What shall we do now?” “Should we do this?” “Should we do that?” Imagine just your breathing constantly being interrupted every few seconds with, press the breathe in button, press the breathe out button, press the breathe in button, press the breathe out button. What else would you be capable of focusing upon? “Not a lot”. Now add to that all the other bodily functions and before you know where you are you would not be able to move a muscle. “No” So it’s arranged otherwise. Every consciousness has its place, yet on a mental level every consciousness knows what is going on. The fact that you see in your brain, you think you see in your brain, what you see, why do you find it so hard, when you don’t even know how you see, and you think that, somewhere in the brain, the cells see. You know how fast this information, any information, is transferred from what you would call your brain to the cells in your body, then why do you think that they are not experiencing the same as you are. They can see what is going on as well as you can. It is whether they are interested in what is going on. They have a focus in having to do what they need to do but of course they can multitask much in the same way as you can. You can drink a cup of tea and watch television or hold a conversation, and so can your cells. They can extract the salt from your blood stream, at the same time watch the pictures which are being formed from, we have to use your own language here, from the light being reflected from the other patterns that you consider to be outside yourself, i.e. the world around you.

We are explaining this from this side. But you can see that you’re merely watching another channel but at the same time when you are asleep you simply move more fully into that channel, you just temporarily switch off, the screen goes black, would you agree? “Yes.” The screen goes black in this reality and you are in another reality, but they are on different frequencies. You cannot switch off from channel 1, go to channel 2, and then switch back to channel 1 and expect to get channel 2’s program on it. You will only get channel 1. It is impossible to get channel 2 because channel 2 is broadcast on a different frequency. Yes? So as you switch frequencies you have all the information on that frequency and as we explained earlier you have instant updates. Assume them all to be, from a point of view of analogy, different computers. So as you switch one on and switch one off the updates are there, waiting to be actioned, and the mere act of switching the computer on (the updates are just much faster than the updates on your present day computers,) they just instantly update. And you are “a computer”, so everything that you feel you have missed, you find you haven’t missed, because the minute you focus there, you know everything. This comes back to the omniscient. You’ll know everything wherever you focus into and therefore, you will say, “I am living all these lives at once” because you cannot see a break in continuity. You understand?

Now for a mental exercise, imagine that you are watching your television and as you switch from the football to the cricket, to the cops and robbers program, to the food program etc., at your present level of reality you are focused within, you will notice gaps as you switch between channels. You will find that you have missed bits. It is quite obvious that something has gone on in between. But just imagine, if somehow, you find you did not miss any bits. You were not aware of missing any bits and yet you know that you haven’t been there for say 30 minutes, yet you know everything that is there. How would you rationalise this in your mind? “With difficulty” Because you are used to time. But if there was no time and no time passes therefore “you would not expect to lose any”. Exactly! You would not lose any of the continuity and to try to make it easier to understand is why we have used the computer update. The minute you focus somewhere you have instant comprehension of the whole of what is going on in that area. So, to answer your question, you are there, all the time, anyway.

Going to sleep is just a belief system which is built up for the physical plane. Most energies, shall we say, manifesting in the physical plane, seem to take a break from focus, which you would term sleep. But you will find certain individuals in all species who hardly sleep at all. Others can sleep on the wing for example, still flying, and yet supposedly asleep. So, you would say, they are, in a figure of speech, sleeping with one eye open. So where do you differentiate between sleeping and resting? You could, if you wish, say that the sleep you take enables you to concentrate your full attention on deciding which of your focuses you prefer. This is getting into territory which is becoming impossible to explain in terms of the physical plane.

But, from what we have explained so far, we can easily see from the comparisons we have drawn that it is quite easy for you to be fully aware of the total activity in multiple focuses, multiple lives, and just as your television can portray dramas from all centuries simultaneously then so you can experience dramas from all centuries simultaneously, but while you are here focused in this one this one seems exclusive. Meanwhile, if you wish to focus in another one, or many others, then that will seem exclusive as well. It is only when you finally understand that you can be focused in many that you will find freedom from your restricting beliefs.

It is necessary that in order to have this one pointed focus in this physical life or any other life, in any reality, that the other information areas are screened out of each one, otherwise it would be impossible to experience that reality in its separateness because you would be constantly bemused by having to process information which had absolutely nothing to do with the activity upon which you are engaged. So you simply don’t allow them in and then you can enjoy doing what you are doing in that reality without any distractions. As you look upon your own life that is exactly what you do in your day to day activities. You focus on whatever you are doing, and do not, if you are sufficiently interested in that particular activity, at the same time think about all the other activities that you have been, are, or could possibly be, doing.

____________________________________________________

This is one of the troubles we face when we are trying to put over an entirely different way of looking at things. You will never really understand until you come over. The main point in putting this information through is for you to understand that you have taken this experience in order to enjoy it. Maybe sometimes you think that this isn’t very enjoyable but it’s still experience and when you look back on your life most of it has been quite passable. The bad bits have been quite short really and even though you may suffer a great loss and sadness endures for some while if you look back at things you have done during that period you will find you also have had a lot of enjoyable periods.

That’s true.

In fact they outweigh the sadness. So overall once you do your life review you will say ‘there were quite a lot of interesting things in that, now that I know once more that I haven’t lost anybody well yes I’d do it again’. While you are there you think ‘this hurts too much’. You forget the good bits and you decide ‘do I want to do this again’. You won’t know until the next idea comes up but then you will be looking at it from a totally different viewpoint once more and you know that you can focus on the stage and you can pull away. Once more the lack of fear will enable you to take the plunge and when you are involved again you will forget that you thought ‘I’ll never do this again’. Which is the reason why you don’t keep the memories of the other side because once you realise there is a wonderful escape hatch then too many people will use it and that would just spoil the whole play. You couldn’t have people popping out all the time could you? Very disjointed. So that’s why we all agree that we will stick with it as long as we can. Occasionally one is allowed to go but the agreement is such that thoughts are scanned and only those who are compatible are welcomed into the particular consciousness group. Reliable partners you might say who can be relied upon to stay the course.

Thank you.

____________________________________________________

“Illusion is an element which enters into all finite things, for everything that exists has only a relative, not an absolute reality…. Whatever plane our consciousness may be acting in, both we and the things belonging to that plane are, for the time being, our only realities.”                                                                                   H.P. Blavatsky

(On the stage, lost in the drama.)

If you were making a choice to come to the earth at this point in time where would your intensity be focused, where would you choose to live and in what form?

The answer is in the first word you used. Choice. Choice of what experience. What experience do you want? Do you want the experience of hardship? Do you want the experience of affluence? Do you want the experience of joy and happiness? Do you want the experience of sadness? So once more you open your oyster and you choose. Just as you have to be careful what you ask for you have to be careful in how you phrase your questions.

To further answer your question, you have the choice of focusing anywhere you wish. What do you want to experience? First of all, before you make a choice of where to focus, where are you coming from? What is your motivation to focus? You have to have some idea of where you want to focus. What is attracting you? You ask what sort of life we would choose. But who is the ‘we’. The ‘we’ is a whole group of different consciousnesses. The fact that they are focused through you asking the question, what other focuses do they have? You are not aware of them.

So there is no ’you’, there is no ‘I’, there is no ‘me’, there is no self. There is only what you identify with.  (Which is probably why we refer to our ‘identity’).  So your ’I’, your ’me’, your ’self’ is whatever you are in the ‘now’, at the present moment. And even though it is all simultaneous it is whichever one you care to say you are. You cannot stand back and say I am this and this and this unless you attain a much more advanced stage, shall we say, where although you will know that you are involved in all these things the minute you want to fully experience being it you will be on the stage lost in the drama.

We are trying to get you to understand although you have no experience whatsoever of the total interconnectedness of all of that which you call consciousness and awareness. Some have intuited this which is why you have these concepts of ‘I am you and you are me’ and so on.

Yes.

Everything is available to everyone at every moment, you might say, it depends simply on where you wish to focus. The only thing is, you cannot stand above and you can’t be on the stage as two characters at once. That is a much easier way for you to understand and yet you can go off-stage and swap roles but the minute you come back on the stage each of you will have to play the role which you have chosen, act that role out and be that person. You will no longer be aware that you are acting it. When you move off the stage you will be aware that you only acted the part. When you focus on the ‘Joe’ pattern you are Joe, when you focus on the ‘Joanna’ pattern you are Joanna.

Thank you.

Now, David, some time ago, was musing on experience and memory. So you open your oyster and do you think, ”I did this before”? How long before if there’s no time? “I’ve experienced this, do I wish to experience it again? Is there something new? Now, we also said that thoughts are constantly coming by. We have to speak to you in words that you understand and we have tried to present concepts that you understand. We have to use different terminology and word structures for the particular point that we are trying to put across. Now if we could put aside opening the oyster and say that you wake up and open your gaze to the flow of thoughts, and of course we have to drop off the fact of waking up because that applies to the physical world. You are always open to the flow of thoughts. The flow of thoughts is your oyster from which to choose. So we have now made the transition, I hope successfully.

The flow of thoughts. As you look at one thought and another thought do you think of what has gone before?

To a certain extent.

Yes. So would you then let that thought go by?

Yes. You could let that thought go by and you could continue on in the same vein or change the subject completely.

Depending on its attractiveness?

Yes.

You are in the ever present now, the ever present flow of thoughts and you are able to concentrate on many things simultaneously as we keep saying. At the same time you are seeing all the other thoughts so you are constantly engaged in many, many activities, in many, many focuses. Do you agree?

I’m not sure about the many focuses.

Have you taken on board yet living many lives simultaneously?

Oh yes.

Then what have we just said? Many, many focuses. Many focuses is many lives lived simultaneously. It is simply your speed of cognition segmented and sequentialised. It is what you care to do.

Yes, yes.

Now with all these thoughts coming by and your interest being piqued by certain of them, your interest will only be aroused by something which you consider you have not had sufficient experience of. You don’t have to think “Have I experienced this” because if you have experienced it enough it will be instantly recognisable and you will just let the thought pass by.

Yes.

It will be of no interest to you. Your interest is only piqued by something which you would like to have further knowledge of, further experience of. So when it comes to experience and memory you might say that the memory has become embedded, does not need to be resuscitated, to think “Did I do that?” You always have instant access to everything you ever knew but that doesn’t mean to say you have to bring it out and review it again, it is part of you. Immediately you look at something you will know whether it interests you or not and you can assume, looking at it from the outside, that if it doesn’t interest you then it is something you have already experienced.

Yes, I can see that.

The question of experience and memory. You could say that they are both one and the same, memory can’t exist without experience but you do not have to try to remember whether you have done something or not. You just know, it is part of you in the same way that you don’t have to remember how to walk, it just happens.

Agreed.

The same thing happens with regard to the attractiveness or not of the ideas which flow past. Memory just becomes part of your nature so you don’t re-live your experiences unless an idea comes up where it hits you so hard that “I know what that’s all about, that was enjoyable, I could do that again”. And you may re-experience a similar thing that you did before, but you have been so pre-occupied with all the other ideas in between that that particular experience went out of your mind. Now that the idea comes up again, “Ah, yes”, it piques your interest. Why? Because the memory is good, in your system. From this level, (physical) we will say that it triggered the memory, but the idea triggered the feeling, because the experience created a feeling. You may remember the experience but you don’t often put it together with the feeling whereas the experience and the memory evoke whatever feeling it may be, good, bad or indifferent. But it is the feeling that surfaces first when an idea comes by. It will either appeal or not appeal or not matter one way or the other.

___________________________________________________________

Now do we have anything else tonight?

Not unless you wish to expand on the subject that was discussed last night at the Socrates Cafe, “why do we exist”?

There is no why when you just do. If you just ‘are’ then what is the ‘why’ of the ‘are’? Because the ‘why’ means you are created for a purpose. If you put it that “why does the physical body exist”?  that is quite easily answered and you can answer that yourself of course. You have enough material to answer that in spades but that wasn’t the sort of thing that you could have discussed last night. When you get ‘why does the higher consciousness exist’? You can say “to experience the idea”. Then we get back down to “well, why does the idea exist”? Because somebody thought of it and we can continue the usual infantile why’s. Why did somebody think of it? Because he was sat there wondering what the hell to do with himself and he had something called imagination and once we get to “why does consciousness have imagination” then we come to the same dead end as you do.

Thank you.

______________________________________________________

 

“They that love beyond the world cannot be separated by it.
Death cannot kill what never dies.
Nor can spirits ever be divided, that love and live in the same divine principle, the root and record of their friendship.
If absence be not death, neither is theirs.
Death is but crossing the world, as friends do the seas; they live in one another still.
For they must needs be present, that love and live in that which is omnipresent.
In this divine glass they see face to face; and their converse is free, as well as pure.
This is the comfort of friends, that though they may be said to die, yet their friendship and society are, in the best sense, ever present, because immortal.”
                                                ― William Penn, Some Fruits of Solitude / More Fruits of Solitude

In the physical you consider yourselves separate but your higher consciousnesses are always together.

Now with regard to moving over, we have so far talked about the fact that you will be met by those who put on the appearance of those who you wish to be met by. Of course it can also be that they will actually be the people you expect to meet, not just the appearance of, because have we not discussed that you and your higher self are one and the same. In one or more of our previous discussions we have slipped in the phrase “you are always there anyway” and another phrase “life is continuous”. So let us talk about the fact that while one portion of your total consciousness is focused into the physical we haven’t talked about the fact that the rest of your consciousness is focused where?

We have mentioned the fact that you are living many lives and so you have several focuses and we have mentioned the fact many times that this world you are focused in is a co-created world. Co-created with your fellow higher consciousnesses which upon a moment’s reflection you will agree must be the case so that you can manipulate your puppets with seamless coordination. Now, just reflect upon the foregoing words and you will come to the inevitable conclusion that your higher consciousnesses are always in communication. They are living a life in much the same way as you in your restricted consciousness, stretched consciousness, puppet form are living your life. Now when you move back over we also stated that you and your higher consciousness immediately become one again if you already haven’t woken up to that fact whilst in the physical, but that is an aside because of David.

You live several lives at once in “parallel dimensions”. 

Now as you all have been in continuous lives in what you might say are parallel dimensions because look at where all the stretched pieces (referring to a previous analogy whereby you imagine your total consciousness stretched out with one end focused in the physical and the other focused in say your home base) shall we say, all the puppets, the dimension they are in and look at the veil, the black cloth, the curtain that separates the puppets from the higher consciousness. Look at the thoughts and actions that are being performed by both, let’s say, thoughts. The actions performed by the puppet are indeed occasioned by the thoughts being thought by the higher consciousness, which of course are immediately reflected in the actions of the puppet. But you will see that these lives are parallel. The lives of the puppets and the lives of the controlling consciousnesses are in parallel which is why the concept of parallel universes holds some water although it is doubtful that this line of reasoning has been followed to conceive that concept. But truth, the word, we find to be somewhat morphic in that it can morph from one thing to another as consciousness expands, but truth will out in one form or another or many maybe.

You have, are and will, while you consort with the same groups of consciousness of course, always be together, and so as you move back over it will seem as if no time has passed because you have been with each other all the time. Can you understand this? You are just as much with your loved ones now as you ever were, simply on another level. It is just that one of your group has withdrawn his focus, withdrawn his puppet from the parallel universe that you consider that you are inhabiting. So when you move over you will not just be met again, you will also quickly remember that you never actually left in the first place. And so our talks about updates in various lives were to enable you to make the mental transition to understand how “yes, I can see that I would already know everything”. Once being able to accept that fact, you can now possibly accept the fact that the reason you haven’t missed a thing is because you’ve always been there!

Multiple love relationships and unconditional love.

So, in all dimensions, and life is continuous in all dimensions, so as someone in the Ecclesiastical side said on your plane many, many moons ago, “it is just like stepping from one room to another.” You will not even realise that anything has changed once you turn your gaze from the physical to that of the, what you consider to be, your total consciousness.

So, you want the rest of the story, well this has just passed through your mind, the living of parallel lives is to be extended of course to all the other focuses that you are presently engaged upon, all those other lives you are simultaneously leading, and in all those lives you have your connections, your bonds, your loved ones and yet you keep them completely separate. Now, as these lives are all going on simultaneously so they are all part of the particular group consciousness that is involved in these lives, and to make matters even more complicated you can be involved in more than one group consciousness at any time. So, the possibilities get larger, we were going to use the phrase, more and more infinite, but that may be stretching the imagination too far at present. So, you will have these loved ones in many lives, but just as you are only aware of your life and loved ones in this dimension so you are only aware of your life and loved ones in other dimensions while focusing in those dimensions. Speaking from the higher consciousness view point of course, you are aware of all the lives that you are involved in, you are aware of all the loved ones that you have bonds with, but each focus has being and is a separate focus, because life is continuous. You will move back over to the other side, as you put it, and you become one with your group consciousness and you realise you were the group consciousness all along and so were all the people you loved in this parallel universe. Then, you find that you have been living all these other lives all at once, and you indeed are living all these lives at once, but they are different plays you are acting in, each with their own set of bonds and attachments and there is no time. In each one of those plays you are a different “I” because you identify with the part you are playing in that play. So for those who feel that when I find out that I am not in quite so loving a bond in this particular focus as I am in another then you will find that, as we have said, these lives have been going on while you in your narrowed down focus, have been completely unaware that life is continuous. So, life is continuous all the time anyway. So, if you have had a love bond, that bond will be able to continue as if it had never been broken and also should you have had many love bonds they will all continue if you have not tired of them and moved on. We may need to explain this further.

You mentioned in your typing yesterday where you were understanding the scenario of the puppets and how the recognition could suddenly dawn, i.e. you would recognise the controlling consciousness through the actions of its puppet, that is the hallmark of the producer shall we say, a distinctive trait, the flash of the eyes, the movement of the hand. And so, the instant recognition. This would account for love at first sight for example because you realise “Ah, that’s the plan, this is the person I was meant to meet and fall in love with”. So yes maybe an unintentional break of the veil, one small recognition at your level of your connection with higher consciousness that slipped through in the, you might say, habitual hallmarks of that particular consciousnesses puppet operation methods. Just like the film producer analogy referred to before.

Now, back to the multiple love relationships. We refer you back once more to the fact that when you are in the narrowed down part of your overall consciousness then emotions and feeling are heightened because of the intimate contact you have with each other. But when you sit at the back of the audience then you see things for what they are. Yes, look at them, they’re falling in love, isn’t that nice and, you are manipulating your puppet very well, and, your puppet loves my puppet, isn’t that nice too. We are both getting warm feelings aren’t we, yes, very pleasant.

So we see that the feelings when sitting at the back of the audience are not so important. They are just, let us say, pleasant. So you will admit that you can have many, many pleasant relationships without the necessity of deep and intimate love in each one. So if you can bring yourself to accept the fact that your deep and intimate love that exists on this level in this parallel universe, from a higher point of view, this is merely a pleasant relationship albeit one that you wish to see more of maybe but as we said before it is all simultaneous so you won’t be aware if it is more or less.

You have this pleasant relationship, you may even call it unconditional love for all those that you, shall we say, work with in all your focuses, in your various experiences. You will lose none of them and you will feel no different because you will be looking at things from a higher viewpoint and no longer will you be lost in the drama. You will no longer be a drama, you will just be an experience that you enjoyed. ( in other words you will look back on your life as Tom, Dick or Harriet as simply an experience but remember that  the record and pattern exists and you can recreate the appearance and its personality whenever you, as a group consciousness, wish)

As we were explaining the other evening, you live several lives at once. You not only live several lives at once, you are fully engaged, or so you think, in several lives at once because to reiterate, the minute you focus into a particular life, for analogy’s sake we will call it channel, you instantly are aware of everything that has happened within that life whilst you consider that you have not been focused in it. To you it seems that you have been there all the time. (and in later sessions after we absorb this concept we are told that we have indeed been there all the time). It is simply that you have assimilated the updated information.  You can say to yourself either the information is in the channel or the information is within yourself because they are effectively one and the same.

The continuation of love relationships.

When we move to the much feared, contemplated, worried about subject of continuous love relationships, then if you think through what we have said you will realise that your relationships are constant in all those lives and those lives will continue. They don’t stop, they carry on. The fact that you drop off the physical body does not mean that the personality, shall we say, does not continue. It does because it is not only living in the physical it is living on other, let us say, dimensional levels. So as you talk about your various astral, emotional, mental, causal and other bodies you are living on all these (“levels”) at once so no matter which one you are focusing in, on the same basis, you are totally up to date on each one at all times.

Therefore, you have many love links in each of those lives and you don’t lose any of them. All of them continue and just as your relationships are on the earth, some may wax and wane but that will be of the same effect to a certain degree as that which happens on the physical plane except that in the mental, emotional planes you are more aware of the “realities” of the situation and that these attachments no longer feel so intense, no longer of a “possession” nature. They are more of a friendship, cooperation, acquaintance nature as any fear of separation disappears and you realise that you can be together whenever you wish. There is no time either and you can split your consciousness, your focus into several areas simultaneously and each will seem continuous. You can be with whom you want to be whenever you want to be. You will not feel the need to have your loved one close to you because you will be secure in the knowledge that should you wish to contact them they will be there.

You will be able to exchange your various information in the light of friendship and, shall we say, love, but love will have a different connotation than that which is prevalent in the physical world. All this should help you to be more at ease with your life in the physical. To know that you never lose anybody. Whilst you are in the physical and you are focused in the physical, yes, you think you have lost somebody but on another level you have never lost them. You are together as much as you ever were here, but you understand the relationship far better than you do when you are focused entirely in the physical. This peace of mind ensues, once it becomes a firm belief. You fully understand you do not, you cannot, lose contact with anybody. Once you are entangled there is no way that contact can be broken. Anytime you focus upon that contact, you will be in contact. In general, the other party will respond and if you have the same interests and the same ideas then you will join together with others to be involved in said activity. If you do not wish to be involved in a particular activity and your other side does then you will go your different ways, but you can imagine that if you have participated in a certain idea at one stage then you have a certain meeting of minds, which is actually a good phrase for this particular analogy in that circumstance, and therefore your trains of thoughts, activities tend to travel along similar lines and you will undoubtedly participate together in other things as well. This again will wax and wane as you take different directions and you will, of course, enjoy interaction with other consciousnesses just as much as you previously enjoyed interaction with another one. But, the whole scheme of existence, shall we say, the word scheme is wrong as well, but the whole nature of existence is such that once you are able to see the wood for the trees then fear and worry are no longer a part of your make up. Now, before we embark on another area, how does that fit in with what we explained in the previous session?

It all sounds very sensible.

So we would like to expand a little more on what we referred to some time ago that in many of your lives you have relationships. Of course in all your lives you have relationships but in some there are those that are more intense than others and you form bonds and attachments that to you are extensions of yourself. Feelings that you exult in and despair from, attachments that cause pain and attachments that engender tremendous joy. Now it is very hard when you are so lost in the drama to conceive that these attachments are natural shall we say? They are not the be all and end all. Life will not end because you feel that you are no longer attached or that you are losing the attachment. You realise that although the focus has switched the bond is still there except that, to put it in your terms, you are both looking in different directions but you have not lost the attachment, you have not lost the bond, you are temporarily focused in different directions. “Bit like being in different country with limited communication” Yes and also that you have far more bonds and attachments than you are aware of. As a unit of consciousness, shall we say, you are involved in all these different focuses, all these different lives, all these different realities and of course, because of the exclusivity of focus in these realities you form attachments simply because you are involved in co-creations, agreements and therefore an agreement is a form of bond. You both, you all, work together as one to manifest a certain end, be it object, event, or whatever, and so you are connected to literally infinite other consciousnesses. Which is where the thought that all is one comes from. That we are all connected, you are me and I am you etc. This is merely trying to use language to grasp something that is intellectually impossible to comprehend. But you can see when you just take the simple attitude that you merely are focusing somewhere else, you may not understand why the focus changed, and it is best not to try to understand, because unless you can communicate, which  you do of course when you are asleep, but at that time the person that you wish to communicate with has changed focus from the physical and now operates in a different frequency, now you may meet on another frequency in between or you may simply switch to their frequency, whichever way you wish to slice the pie.

Then of course you are together, bonded, loving as always, which your philosophers have expounded for millennia. You never lose but you both watch your different channels. Now, when you decide to switch focus from this channel then you will be aware, in fact you do not even realise you have switched focus from this channel, except for the bonds that hold you to this channel. You will focus backwards and forwards and backwards and forwards to keep the connection until there is no longer a bond to hold you here. Then you will discontinue that focus unless, of course, another idea comes along which looks interesting and then you may decide to focus back into this channel again. One thing that is hard, simply because of your lack of knowledge, is to understand that when you switch, the word switching channels is not satisfactory, but when you find yourself no longer focused in this channel, you are still aware of all the information because it is like flicking a light on and off, you focus back, focus out, focus back, focus out like breathing in and out,  for example, only at a far faster rate and therefore the emotion, the feeling that you had for the personalities in this reality will still be a strong influence on you and likewise for those who have gone before, because that is no different from you looking at the ones that you have left behind. So, you will seek them out and they will seek you out and at the same time this will be the immediate bit and then you will realise of course that you are involved in other channels as well and even though as you stand back and understand that you are involved in all these other channels you are soon aware, that as we have explained, that you will focus in one channel and then another and then another but they will all be continuous, simply because of the instantaneous updates that you obtain in each one.

The subject of love.

Now let us turn to the subject of love. The one emotion, and before we commence let us remind you that love is the opposite of hate,  even though people will dispute this, but what you are talking about is a strong, attractive ,repulsing force . Love, obviously is the attraction, and hatred is the repulsion.

Now, does a magnet have two poles?

One attracts and one repulses. Within you, you have the two ”poles” for a particular emotion. In the case of magnetism like poles repel while opposite poles attract, however where emotions, thoughts, love are concerned like attracts like and the same generally applies to hatred. This is not just on a physical to physical basis. This applies to minds which are real things. This applies to thoughts which are real things. This applies to ideas which are real things. Everything that is, all information that is are real things. Now you think of information as just coming and going, but what is information? Information is, in terms of your computers, strings of electromagnetic impulses designated as zeroes and ones. But they are real, they are pulses and if they were not there you would have no information. They have a “being”. Maybe a being in their own particular sphere of existence but still a being. Therefore you have to view the fact that love and hatred are just merely perceptions, but perceptions that arouse what you refer to as emotions and most emotions, once you think about them, are some form of attraction or repulsion. Even if you go to tears, they can be tears of happiness, they can be tears of sadness, but both ends of that particular spectrum can move you to tears. Emotions really are one of the hardest things to categorise simply because once more we are back to the belief systems of the particular “entity grouping” we will call it, to save having to keep going on about observer and observed.

The particular things that would reduce or immediately evoke feelings of overwhelming compassion and then lead to tears in one person, can be seen with complete detachment by another person. So, you can say, that, all elements of the word, ‘love’ and the approximate emotions it engenders, are really, you are in love with the idea or the pattern, be it the pattern of the body, be it the pattern of words, be it any other pattern of any other sense that you care to contemplate. Are you with this?

Obviously the opposite applies. But once you are aware of that, then, you could, of course, stand back and say, “This is merely, in order to be entirely rational, you could consider this another hallucination. Why do I suddenly have this feeling of this person? Why did this idea take my imagination? Why do I discard the other? Or find with this other person there is no chemistry”. People talk about pheromones and yet you can fall in love with somebody over the phone, a thousand miles away. You can fall in love at first sight, at a glance across the room, or even at a photograph of somebody. So, what do you think is happening here? You have an instant non-local connection, whether you hear a voice, if you don’t see the face, whether you see a photograph everything is instant connection. If your frequencies are harmonic, if you wish, to call it one explanation which some may find satisfactory. Or you could say that you have instant full information transfer. So you have instant full information about the other person which of course, you do have the minute the link is made. And if your intentions for a life, then we are talking about, we can broaden that, we were going to say getting together on a physical basis but it can also be that idea fits your idea for your future, in other words, life. Yes? So, whatever it is that seems to fit harmoniously, or achieve for you in your vision of how your life you wish to proceed you then move towards that or bring that into your orbit, shall we say. So, nowadays this is called, “the law of attraction.” But, of course, again we are back to chicken and egg, although, I suppose, we could say that you are, have the desire,  to be in love with somebody and then you go through, on another level, many connections, where you sift the range of probabilities and  then make a selection. Of course, it all becomes very difficult to explain when we have to refer you back to the fact that everything happens simultaneously. It is reasonably easy to explain in your own terms. That you have a feeling of loneliness, you want somebody to love. You send a message out into the ether via all thought patterns and so once upon a time a thought arises to mix time systems. Yes? Therefore, that thought is noticed, in your case it is noticed by what you consider to be individual, although that may be many consciousnesses, many minds as we discussed before. But that individual, a good analogy would be, in some ways, current use of mobile phones, where each is constantly talking to the other one and saying, “I am here, and moving towards there” and the other one says, “OK, I am here, I am coming this way, now tell me when you are near so and so. Yes?

So, imagine this on another level and suddenly there is a meeting and then you say, “This must be meant to be.” “Why is this?” It’s all been arranged. It’s all been arranged by the two that have had all this information transfer totally unbeknownst to the physical instruments. So, I am afraid we have, I hope, I won’t say hope because that rather takes the magic away. But maybe we have demystified love a little.

Can you talk about interconnectedness?

As we have said before, all is interconnected. But, like your roads and railways are interconnected, there is a certain closeness in locality even though there may be no space as far as you are concerned, there is still a difference in, you might say, resonance, vibration. So although you are connected through the network intertwined with various connections you still must realise that you have to go via “roundabouts”, the synapses if you wish, find other analogies that you can understand, it is not always direct even though it may be relatively instantaneous. But the further you get away from your own resonant beliefs and emotions the less easy it is to understand those who are furthest away in that context. Much as like your present religions cannot seem to find any common ground with other religions. They don’t understand each other and it will take time for them to understand each other should they wish to set about the task of trying to understand each other.

Many look and say “I’m quite happy with what I’ve got, with who I am, Why should I bother?” The same applies in consciousness. Consciousness creates their own image of who they are and most are happy with who they are. Referring to our previous conversation we said that most people given the opportunity to lead a wonderful life but having to lose their own identity in the process would say “but I won’t know I’m enjoying this wonderful new life as me because I will have disappeared and how will I be I as that new person”?  So invariably they decline.

The same thing applies with consciousness. They know that they will have to spend a certain amount of time, if you wish “time”, they will have to experience being immersed, we say “partly immersed” in, but the experiences of immersion do colour those consciounesses who cannot stay at arms length. Because even the consciousness that is not in the physical, although they focus in the physical, many find it difficult to identify with their instrument. There is a fine line here of being able to maintain clarity of mind especially when your desire to do something is being frustrated. How many of you can sit back and let things unfold when they are not unfolding the way you wish them to unfold. And yet you are instruments influenced by consciousness so do you not think that the consciousness feels what you feel because you are both one and the same.

Interconnectedness. Although you can connect theoretically to those who, in certain terms, are far away from you on a scale of beliefs, emotions and thereby behaviour, you cannot in most cases envisage how that person ”is”, how that person feels. In much the same way that you cannot enter into someone else’s mind on the physical plane and feel what their beliefs, emotions, drives, ambitions are. You can only try to deduce. Do you understand?

Hopefully I understand.

All is interconnected but you stay, in general, within your own self-created frame of reference. To go outside that, you can, and do, go to frames of reference that are not too different from your own. Once you get too far away you feel uncomfortable. You have been told before, people have expressed this through the ages as planes of existence, as levels of vibration. That when you try to move to a higher vibration you find you cannot maintain the vibration. That really means you have not developed the behaviour, the ability, call it what you will, to fit in to that particular frame of reference, settled behaviour, whatever you want to call it. So if you look at the idea of vibration and call it your light that you are shining, which is the light of who you are, where all your thoughts and attitudes are lit up, are available for all to see, then you can imagine that as you shine that light you will be acceptable or no to other frames of reference who have similar lights.

It is your acceptability and your wish to be accepted. If you wish to be accepted then you must make yourself acceptable but you must think that way as well as act that way because your light shines for all to see.

That’s right. On another level your thoughts are exposed for all to see, in effect.

Group souls.

We will move on to the subject being looked at today. That of group souls. We will refer you back to “Entangled Minds” whereby many minds get together for an experience. So you may as well say, this is a group soul experience and yet to play or be interlinked with other group souls for the experience and are both intertwined and as we say about life generally, interdependent, so love bonds are created and like actors you find that actors get comfortable with each other and can then enter into various plays, take opposing parts and yet put on a very convincing portrayal because they can spark off each other. A flash of the eyes can be met by a raising of the hand or other bodily motions, which the audience can see, but with in-depth knowledge of each other become quite natural, and therefore, the portrayal becomes extremely realistic. So, this is how a bond is formed, you may call it a love bond. It is simply that you really enjoy being together and prefer to be with that other consciousness rather than work with any new ones. So bonds are formed, strong ones and not so strong ones and some bonds gradually fade away. So, as in ”Entangled Minds”, minds join for the experience, and minds leave and go on other experiences, but they keep a connection and so everything is recognised, when thoughts move around but they are simply not acted upon if there is not the motivation or need to act upon that thought. It is simply noted and of course the connection can be re-established at any time should the need arise. You can take a parallel with this with having a vast address book in your phone, it may ring, you can’t remember who that was, you may decide to answer it, you may not. So when that rings you know that somebody is sending you a message and imagine if that is a broadcast message then you simply take a note of it but do not reply. I believe your Facebook has the same sort of interconnection where you simply broadcast your thoughts then some may reply, most don’t. So, again, there is nothing different in the bonds of love between, what you would call, souls or spirits and the bonds of love between the physicals, because the physicals after all are simply that portion or that representation of the spirits that are enjoying that particular experience. What else do you want?

What about entering a new life on earth? How is it determined? How are the parents determined for example?

The parents are not picked out from a smorgasbord of those who are intending to have a child. You are confusing fact not the fact. You cannot take the physical and the non-physical as being separate. It is all interconnected. The group consciousnesses that are utilising the instruments which you call the parents are in contact regardless. They are indissolubly linked, interconnected, with the groups of consciousness that wish to start a new physical life and so agreement happens and then the instruments are manipulated to produce a new physical instrument. But the parents on another level are aware of the reason why they feel they wish to create the new physical instrument and the group consciousness that is of each, the main driving ones let us put it this way because everything is interlinked on another level, then it is possible for a group consciousness to have a connection with each parent and with each child simultaneously. For example, you will know that many parents wish for their children to be able to accomplish that which they had not been able to accomplish. It is called living through the child. Can you see what that means? Living through the child? You are merely living your own life and you have an interest in another one at the same time. You are manipulating your own instrument but you are also part of the group consciousness that is manipulating the child instrument. So your thought stream, this is from the group consciousness level, is going towards both the parent and the child, is involved in the group thought stream and thereby the manifestation of both the parent instrument and the child instrument. But obviously your main focus, because that was your main purpose in the first place, when we say “your” we are talking about the particular group consciousness that manifested the parent instrument, had a certain agenda. That may have changed, other things may have come up and so it is not a question of having complete separation between each generation when you are looking at it from the point of view of the group consciousness.  Can you understand? That you can have a primary focus on the parent and yet a secondary focus on the child instrument and as you move back to the other side (pass over) then you still keep a secondary focus on the child instrument. You can say that that is love but you still feel the connection and the feeling of pride when the child achieves something.

So the group consciousness in that effect is continually involved as you move from one generation to another when the bond has been developed due to resonant vibration shall we say. As pendulums resonate with one another then close contact gives a certain amount of resonance but many resonances can be encompassed in one.

Comment: The above explains the messages that come through from those that have passed. That they are always with us, we are never apart and they are aware of everything that is going on in our lives.

You need never be apart from those you love.

We have sometimes alluded to the fact that you are never alone, you are never apart, you are always in contact, you cannot be separated and perhaps it is only right that we try to give you some analogies as to how this is possible.

Now you must start from the fact that you are first and foremost what you would term “spiritual beings”. You are, in the hackneyed phrase, spiritual beings enjoying a physical experience, which is 100% right of course. Now, coming back to our normal definition of consciousness, you are “conscious beings”; you are conscious entities who have decided to embark upon a range of experiences in a co-created environment that you term physical reality.

As we have explained so many times before and you probably understand by now, you are currently focusing (into) many realities simultaneously, what you would term living several lives at once. Now try to think what that means, that you and all consciousnesses, and let us just stick to the human species at the moment, are all focusing different places and living out a series of experiences in what is to you a separate reality in each focus. So, then you think to yourself, where is the centre piece of this consciousness that is sitting there looking around and focusing here, there and everywhere. Of course it is very difficult for us to put over the point to you that your unit of consciousness, or what you seem to be, only becomes reality to you when it is enjoined with many other units of consciousness through what you would term, to make it easier to understand, a form of neural network. So, if you can imagine, the energy of many coming together enables you to experience the joint perceptions of that particular gestalt of consciousness focused in that particular reality along with many other gestalts.

Now of course all these gestalts are interlinked. As you are. Your unit of consciousness is linked with many others which is linked with others, others, others, others, which is why all knowledge is available to all, because everything is totally interlinked. Now if you take this a little bit further and, as we have said, you have to start from the fact that you are conscious beings, spiritual beings if you wish, then the physical being is merely a construct of, what we termed before, imagination. It is a construct, it is a construct for your perception to perceive and for your perception also in sensory terms as in touch, taste, hearing etc. While this is going on, you’re focusing here, there and elsewhere, you are talking to each other all the time.

Let us give you some simple analogies to illustrate this fact. One that you may want to take a tour through the thought process with is the rather recent innovation of performing surgical operations at a distance using video technology and robotic instruments. We will not try to be too technical with this as because you only need to grasp the idea. So, the surgeon is sitting in a hospital in town A whereas the patient is in a hospital in town B, say 1000 kilometres distant. The appropriate equipment is set up and the surgeon can put on his visor, let’s put it this way, insert his hands into the equipment and then he is able to see and become part of, shall we say, the reality in that other hospital. All connections are made and the full operating support staff are participating as they would be should the surgeon be physically present. The surgeon proceeds using a robotic instrument which he can control and manipulate in such a way that it faithfully mimics his own actions.  At the same time he can focus around and communicate within that operating room almost as if he were physically present.

What have we got here? We have a disembodied being, i.e. the surgeon is 1000 kilometres away, operating a robot, an instrument, a vehicle, to keep our terminology constant in relation to the previous teachings we have put through and so you may look upon him as the spirit being. This is pretty much the same process that is going on with your own physical body and the spirit being. Now what is the surgeon doing? He is focusing in the other location, isn’t he? Which is exactly what is happening to you of course.  Now the surgeon, although looking through his visor and being focused upon the reality of the remote operating room, is not alone. He will have, depending on the difficulty of the operation, a backup team around him as well. Additionally there may be many other observers, medical students, teachers and other interested parties.  What does this mean? So this “spiritual being” has other spiritual beings around him, doesn’t he?  Yes?

Yes.

And yet he is in contact with all those in the remote operating room. So take the one where the patient is as the physical operation and the one where the surgeon is as the spiritual operation. He is in contact with both. He is in full contact with the personnel in the room where the operation is being performed and he is also in contact with all the, what you might term “spiritual beings”, around him. He is in both places at once, he is on the stage and he is in the back of the theatre. Now he can get lost in the detail as well. He can get so immersed in the operation that he may block out, ignore, be unable to hear, the whispers of his back up team as he is concentrating on the observations of his staff surrounding the patient. You can probably understand that. Yet if he allows himself to take a minute off to contemplate his next move and enters the silence, shall we say, then he will hear the whispers of his team back at base. What you might also term as intuition in another context. The team may take the opportunity to get his attention and proffer their advice. Run the scenario for yourself and you will get the idea.

Let us now try a simpler analogy. One that may give you a more basic understanding.

You go to a party. There are many hundreds of people at this large party. It is spread over a large area in a vast house. You wander from room to room observing what is going on and suddenly you happen upon, say, a poker game and you decide to join in. Another person finds that the Cup Final is being shown in another room and he decides to join that particular group. There is a fashion show going on somewhere else….. just run the thing yourself.

Various locations, various realities. (All arising from various focuses)

All these consciousnesses are involved in all these various things and depending on how much they are interested in what is going on then will they be aware of the other activities, the other realities? In most cases, not. The poker game may go on for hours, the Cup Final also. Other activities might do the same. Now take this in terms of your time and extend it to lifetime lengths and you will find that some people will spend their whole time focusing upon one particular activity, others will move from one activity to another. And yet they are all in the same place, aren’t they? And they all have the opportunity to step back from their focus and walk in to where others are watching the Cup Final and say “How is it going?” “Great, thank you” and they walk over to where their wife is watching the fashion show “are you OK honey?” “yes” “well I’m playing poker so we’ll catch up later” .

You are all in the same place, together, but you are all focusing upon the particular scene, activity that is holding your interest but you are aware that you can contact those you wish to contact at any time. Now let us say that there is a break, a rest time, for tea maybe. So what happens? You all wander back into the refreshment hall don’t you? And what happens to your focus? Your focus is temporarily laid aside e.g. the instrument is put to sleep, if you can understand the analogy here. And then you all talk to each other about what you are doing and agree to meet up when you are finished with your current focus.

Can you see this in terms of your daily sleep ritual and in terms of your life. There is no time, just a question of focus and of multiple simultaneous focuses.

Run this scenario in your own mind and you will see that you can both be together, or not, at any time you wish to.

You will find it difficult because you are focused, or so you think, purely in this reality, but, in effect, the part of your consciousness that is at the back of the theatre is able to pop in and out of the various realities and keep in touch with all the other gestalts. So in fact what you consider to be people who have been here and are now dead, which you now realise are not dead, you have never been apart from in the first place. You have always been able to talk to each other but you will not realise this until you get back and relinquish the belief that this is the only reality that you can inhabit at any one time. That is no different from trying to play poker while you are totally engrossed in the football game. You cannot give the attention required to both so you decide to focus on one and shut out the other. On another level you simply separate your focuses.

So you can understand, that although you find it hard to believe, you can never lose anybody, it is impossible to be disconnected. You can only choose to focus somewhere else and each time you wish to focus back you are together again. Which is why you can be, what you might call, “all things to all people” and you can have many, many love relationships. They all work and nobody gets possessive because it is the same for everybody, you cannot lose.

You need never be apart from those you love. You can always be together whenever you wish to be together. All consciousness is forever connected.

At the same time you are not tied to anybody. In the same way as you cannot lose anybody you have full freedom of choice as to whether you wish to answer the call, respond to the thought.  There is no way anyone can enter your awareness unless you open the door. In this reality you block out information from other realities so the same process applies. In general when these things happen, if you look upon what happens here, in many cases when people divorce some say they never want to see the other party again. Others stay good friends.

Realities arise from focusing on the web of thought

Let us try to explain to you how you are eternally interconnected and yet you can be experiencing many different realities simultaneously. So, let us picture a large web, any web you like, as you can see there are  pathways through the web and everything is interconnected so you can imagine neural networks, a spider’s web, whichever you like, but whatever happens in one area is felt or can be connected through to any other part. So, you have got a knowledge web, whatever you wish.

Now, for purposes of analogy let us locate you in point A of the web. If you look to the North, shall we say, you can see radiating around you, away from you, within that field of perception, all the connections and therefore all the realities arising from those particular connections. You might say arising from the thought of that gestalt if you wish, and if you focus in intently then that is the reality, the instrument etc. ( the body, the environment that you consider yourself to be a part of, your sense of “I” and your sense of the reality in which that “I” dwells).

Now of course if you then look West you have a different set of connections and accordingly a different reality, a different experience, and so on to South and to East and then you can graduate if you wish to SE, SSE, NE ,NW, however many realities you wish to be connected to.

Now, if there is a large scale emotion felt in one particular focus, one particular direction, one particular reality, let us call it a movement in the web, then a slight indication, a slight tremor, might be felt in another area of the web. You could put this down to a sudden feeling coming over you of happiness, sadness, whatever you wish. That could be what you might term a bleed-through from an alternate reality, another simultaneous life, another simultaneous “I”, one of the many “I”s that you are experiencing at any time. It is not too difficult to actually picture this in your own mind and watch what happens. Look at the web, look at your focus, see yourself as that one unit of consciousness in there connected with everything else (to all the other units of consciousness) and then see, as you look in one direction, all the interconnections light up, see them turn into colour, into a scene, you being part of that scene, see your body there and then see yourself believing that you are the body in that scene. Let’s call that North, now switch to East and see a different set of lights light up, it may look the same but you are actually focusing using (adhering to) different rules of the game, different parameters and a different scene appears and a different ”I”. (the particular gestalt you are now focusing into (East) will be creating a reality of its own which may differ somewhat from what we know as the conditions pertaining in North).

Are you following me?

Yes.

And does it sound relatively simple?

Yes, thank you.

But of course you are there all the time, this connects to our previous expose that at any time you can switch focus and be in whichever reality you like with whoever you like ( one assumes the feeling must be mutual) . None of them ever disappear but you have the choice of focusing wherever you wish to focus and so do they. You must remember that your speed of cognition is basically instantaneous and so you are living all these lives, experiences, realities simultaneously.

If You Wish to Continue Experiencing the Familiar Life of Your Family and Friends After You Leave the Body You Can!

We can live many lives at any one time so if an individual awareness, who is living many lives, returns to its “source” from more than one existence at approximately the same time how much do the experiences and attitudes gained from each experience, each life, influence each other? Particularly if they are diametrically opposite.

Imagine if you go to, let us say, the road construction public meeting and there are many angry people, you may be one of them? Imagine your feelings as you leave the meeting. You then go to one of your dances, say, you are greeted with warmth and smiles and you find your focus and feelings entirely changed. You have just experienced two opposite sets of feelings, yes?

Yes.

Now don’t you compartmentalise those? You don’t put one set of feelings against the other, do you? You wouldn’t find it easy to recap the events of the road meeting using your dance feelings and vice versa. So you are able to absorb both sets of feelings but you keep them separate. Now what have they been? Within let’s say a day has the intensity of feeling worn off? From both meetings?

Yes.

Which set of feelings would you possibly retain more?

Hopefully the pleasant one more.

Quite likely. Unless the other one is revivified by a further focus. But let us say you have left that subject. So once you have left it you basically put it behind you don’t you? You don’t want to revisit it. So you forget it.  Whereas the dance experience may be recalled with pleasure. Now apply that to your question.

So what about beliefs in these lives? For example, in one you are a deeply committed Christian and in another an atheist. This is the same individual awareness experiencing these lives. What happens when you return to where you came from with those two totally different beliefs?

You soon realise that each one is an experience, a focus, a play. Now if you had been watching a play and got lost in the drama and even identified with one of the characters to a certain extent e.g. the atheist, now (you have switched focus) you will look at that with a different eye because remember you have been having lots of focuses and so as you are forever becoming those lots of focuses will have given you a certain amount, actually unlimited, of experience and an ability to put things in perspective. Basically you have done it all before, even though with no time you can say you were doing it all simultaneously but as we have explained before that no time is more the fact that there is no such thing as past or future because all is always available but that doesn’t mean to say that you are focusing on the same things all the time does it?

No.

So you will be able to put it all in perspective. Now if you have found that you have become a committed Christian while you’ve been here, the minute you leave you are looking from a distance, you are at the back of the stage say, but even more so because you are not even in the theatre any more. Yes?

Yes.

So you look and “well that was interesting, so that is what it feels like to be a committed Christian”.

Yes.

But what does this actually mean? “Well, there is no religion, there is no need for religion. There is no need to believe in this person or that person because we all just simply are”.

This is indicative of what happens in the physical environment. Once you detach yourself from the observer status then you can get lost in a belief system that feels real to you but the minute you step back outside that belief system the unreality of it all becomes perfectly apparent and so, like anything else, you are able to merely put it aside. “That was an interesting experience”.

And you can discuss this experience with various others of course. “What did you think of that?  “Yes, it is amazing”. But it becomes quite academic. Can you imagine the conversations going on, “How did you feel?” “How did you feel?” And then you’re going to get the one who says “Well I suspected it couldn’t quite be right, you know”.  And another might say “I was absolutely convinced I was going to be met by Jesus and I was really quite surprised when Mum and Dad turned up but I couldn’t actually say that I wasn’t most pleased to see Mum and Dad and I realised very quickly that we all survive”.

As soon as you find out that everything that you are creating is due to your own intentions to create X, Y and Z, and it happens, then you quickly realise that your life (existence?) is not bound up by the intentions of some God figure.

So how much in the way of attitudes, experiences etc. actually return with the individual awareness? Or can they only be recreated with the multitude of awarenesses that have conglomerated in the life experience?

You take from each what you wish to take from each. When you were having the physical experience you were sometimes in doubt as to which decision to make. That was an attitude towards something, wasn’t it?

Yes.

Toward one side or the other. Now how much do those attitudes apply to your new environment? Take for example the committed Christian situation. Let us say that Mum and Dad were committed Christians as well. They might say “We’ve learned it isn’t quite as we thought, this is how it works, let us show you”. And they demonstrate. Are you going to believe it as it happens in front of your eyes? And so committed Christianity just dissipates away. (Non-relevant attitudes and beliefs are discarded)

So you don’t need all the other consciousnesses that have been with you in that particular life experience to have any belief, attitude, experience etc.?

We will all decide to go and watch a football match. Now let us say 20,000 people all think that going to watch X versus Y is a jolly good idea. It is all video screened and you all have touch buttons. At this particular football match there is no referee, the crowd is the referee. They are all seeing things from different angles, this sentence has a double meaning, do you understand?

Yes, yes.

They are all seeing things from different angles and so when a challenge is signalled the videos are replayed, you all look at the screen and you all press your button. Now depending from which angle you are watching you could say yes or no couldn’t you? From one angle it looks like a foul from another it doesn’t, bias is in there as well. You may agree or not agree with what has happened. But when the game is over you have experienced the democratic result of 20,000 different points of view and it is up to you whether you say “that was pretty good, I’m happy with the result, it seemed quite fair” or “we wuz robbed”. Now if you saw it as fair you would say “well that’s that, no big deal”.

So you participated, you made decisions faced with actions that have occurred. Now then take that as your individual faced with various actions in various circumstances for which decisions are required but you are one of a number (of participants) 20,000 say or 20, 000,000, who knows, depending on how attractive your particular gestalt is. You go with the decisions that are made.

Yes.

And so,  ”it’s been an interesting exercise”.

Yes.

Now let us say that your particular gestalt has been married to another particular gestalt and you have developed a really good feeling of love. Now when you go over and the other gestalt hasn’t come over then you will probably still have the desire to see that particular person.

Agreed.

Now you do not need to get together with another number of awarenesses in the (your previous) gestalt in order to see that person because you are not creating anything. You do not need a gestalt any more, the gestalt was necessary for the creation of the instrument. You can simply tune into the thoughts, you can tune into the senses. If you think of telepathic transfer of sight pictures, which you have seen credible evidence of on your television programmes, what is being transmitted? The picture being seen by one gestalt is being transmitted to another but wouldn’t you say that each awareness comprising the gestalt is seeing the same picture? Gestalt “A” is going to telepath a picture, seeing a mountain and it has the intention to transfer that picture to gestalt ”B”. Would you say that all the participants in each gestalt see the picture, for the purposes of this explanation let us assume that the picture is transmitted perfectly?

Yes.

So each one is able to see the sensory perceptions of another?

Yes.

So what we are saying is that you as an individual awareness upon leaving the physical are still able to tune in to the sensory perceptions of the object gestalt. Do you understand? The transmission is still there, you didn’t need a physical instrument to pick up the transmission?

No.

The transmission was being made from the instrument seeing the picture but you do not need all the individual awarenesses within the gestalt to do that, any individual awareness can broadcast what it sees i.e. transmit the picture. The picture being seen is like an idea, it is floating out there and so it is whether you wish to focus in upon it.

Thank you.

(We can assume that the brain and mind are continuously transmitting to the individual consciousnesses/awarenesses and majority instructions are being transmitted back.  Broadcasts that can be tuned into by third parties)

So in, what we call, the next life all the awarenesses that are returning, changing focus, what percentage of that would be from the physical and what percentage would be from other types of existences?

How many people, in terms of physical instruments here, lead fairly narrow lives and how many lead very interesting and diverse lives? Understand?

Yes.

So when it comes to bringing stuff back, we work on the same basis, how many lives are you focused into? It is up to each individual awareness. Let us take the football fan once more, we will stay with this analogy. There is one person who is only interested in Manchester United and that is the only game he looks up, he bothers to watch, he is not interested in any other teams. Does he switch on when Hull are playing Southampton?

No.

He is not interested, he doesn’t bother. Now someone who is passionate about football regardless, just loves watching football, is likely to switch on any football game rather than some other programme. So imagine the tennis, which you have just watched; how many people have only watched one person play?

Very few.

Most are interested in the competition. They will have their favourite but they will also be interested in who their favourite is likely to play and if, like our football fan, they just love watching good tennis then they will view many games, many players. When their favourite is playing the excitement and tension will be high but although that may be missing when watching other matches the skill and effort displayed will still be appreciated.

Yes.

At the end of it all, after waking up and finding out who had won the men’s, did it really enter your mind, other than passing, who had won the women’s?

No.

Experience over. You are now back in your home environment. When the next tournament comes up, if it is on your television, will you want to watch parts of that?

Yes.

Another experience.

What I am trying to determine, I was asking about other forms of life other than the physical.

We have been through this before. You cannot imagine yourself as bodiless. We will return to an example we have given you before, sliding up and down rainbows of coloured light, feeling the motion, hearing the music, absolutely blissed out, totally unaware of time. Now, you will think of, what we might term the G-force, the feeling of ascending and descending and the sound rising and falling.  To give you some idea of this; if, wearing your virtual reality visor you find yourself on a rollercoaster and you are suddenly faced with a steep drop what will be your initial reaction?

Fear.

Fear! And will you feel the drop as you go down?

Yes.

But is it real?

No.

It’s imagined.

Yes.

And it’s imagined because of your memory of that. So you look downwards upon a steep drop and then as you look upwards you will expect to slow down and of course you do. So your expectation is creating your feeling?

Yes.

This applies across the board.

 (And as any medium knows those same physical sensations can be experienced as a result of receiving them from a “departed” sender. Conversely the “departed” can experience our physical and mental feelings should they wish to focus in. A consequence of “quantum entanglement” or more simply “interconnected consciousness” operating in a constant state of potential telepathic communication. As explained in a previous post, you can never be separated from those you love. Now you can understand why we are encouraged not to let grief consume us in sadness as when they tune in to see how we are faring they are subjected to our feelings. How much better to try to keep upbeat and enjoying life so that those tuning in pick up those feelings and can be at peace regarding our mental condition whilst they await us joining them. P.S. This knowledge can be of inestimable comfort to the newly bereaved and if able to be put into practice the newly departed also so we would ask that if you know of anyone who could be helped by this understanding to please forward this post to them.)

Please reiterate that part of your question and we will try to expand some more.

I was just asking about other realities that’s all.

This is the point we were trying to make. We were describing sliding up and down the coloured rainbow and then we switched to the rollercoaster; now match the two up. You will imagine the feeling of sliding up and down. You will be happy in that feeling, there won’t be the fear, you will just enjoy the feeling.

Yes.

You not only create your physical reality, you create your feelings, you create everything. You create your attitudes. Attitudes aren’t thrust upon you, you create your attitudes. Fear isn’t thrust upon you….

I would imagine that your attitudes develop throughout what I would call a lifetime and your attitudes change throughout a lifetime.

You don’t imagine that, you are fully aware of that as you experience different things in different places.

Yes.

We once took you through the business of walking into somewhere and opening a door to find somebody firing bullets at you; you quickly slammed the door and then realised there were no bullet holes. The next door was an attacking cobra which you recoiled from but after several more of these you opened the doors with perfect equanimity. You knew that you were going to be confronted by something but it wasn’t real. Apply this to your imaginations. So you are going to imagine a wonderful feeling for example. You are going to imagine beautiful music. In the physical your imagination does not result in perfect pictures or beautiful sounds, you can only base them on memories of the same which are relatively indistinct, but imagine, as we have said in a previous example, that when the telepathic picture comes to you of the café overlooking the Mediterranean it comes to you as a reality as you are not self- entrammelled with the filters of the physical. So it comes to you actually crystal clear and then it is real. What you would term real. It comes in crystal clear.

 ( So just as our thoughts create our realities they are picked up as realities i.e. as we scan the thoughts we are actually scanning the realities which we then decide whether we wish to find out more so we focus on the thought/reality and find ourselves experiencing it. This is why those newly passed over find they have to stay focused on their desired  object/environment as if they let their mind wander they find themselves experiencing successive realities.)   It may be worthwhile  reading a previous post “All Worlds are Thought Worlds”

Well so does the music. If you take sound the only reason you have sound in the physical is because you have pressure waves that impinge upon the ear. Would you not think that sound exists apart from that?

Yes.

So what is the sound of the pressure wave?

It is a vibration, isn’t it?

And you have to convert that vibration to a particular sound. Now when you convert that vibration to a particular sound what is actually hearing? The awarenesses, the consciousnesses focused upon the instrument. The consciousness is actually hearing but with what?

In the physical it is through the ear and the brain.. um..

But the awareness is non-physical, what is it hearing with? You have no idea.

Obviously, because if the human body is made up of X consciousnesses the individual consciousness would just be a minute part of that anyway.

It is not a question of size because when it comes to the imagination the smallest thing can imagine as much as the biggest thing in terms of any particular aspect.

Yes, I would agree with that.

When it comes to multitudinous activities, as in a tapestry for example, then it becomes more difficult and therefore more are involved. One may have detailed out in their imagination their café while another has detailed out their football field and the players upon it. (We must assume that many and various awarenesses then focus in on the player/ instrument of their choice and commence the game according to the agreed rules). So you have all these different ideas/scenarios/ realities floating about and you just focus in on whichever one (or more) that attracts you. Not really any different from the physical, as above so below. You have all these activities going on in the physical and you decide which ones you are going to focus into.

Yes.

Same as your television. If you have 400 channels to choose from which one are you going to look at?  Remember, each one is simply moving waves that move through the atmosphere with no sound or light until they are turned into sound and light by the instrument, i.e. the television, and then your own instrument then turns that sound and light via your eyes and hearing into what you hear and see and then when it comes to the awarenesses I am afraid we will have to leave it there as even if we knew it would be impossible to describe to you because it is totally non-physical.

Yes. Thank you.

All is imagination. Now the word has its connotations. Whenever you think of imagining you think of some sort of hazy picture in the mind which you can think of and get some vague idea of what it is that you are trying to do but that is generally always in the context of something already existing and so therefore you have to go to pencil and paper or computer and try to sketch out what it is that you are thinking of.

Yes.

Then you have to refine the idea, put in measurements etc. If you are technically capable you can then run your design through a computer and see if it works and if it does the next step is to make a model or simply construct from your design. Now depending on how speculative or futuristic your design is in respect to those already in existence it may be that the stresses and strains produced by your designs require materials that do not exist. For example, you could imagine this enormous plane and then find that in order to get that payload off the ground you would need wings of a certain size but the materials available to build those wings would not be able to withstand the stresses placed upon them by the turbulence to be met in normal flying. Everything in the physical has its natural limits. You could not have an aeroplane with a kilometre wide wingspan with your present materials.

So in order to try to give you some ideas we can only put across analogies that you can understand and these analogies are limited by the parameters of the physical environment. When you talk about sight you are talking about looking through eyes at a light reflecting or light emitting object. Now if that isn’t there, how do you see? Because you can only see when light is reflected from something and that is because you are in the physical and that is how the system works. But it is quite obvious that when a telepathic picture is transmitted the receiver is not seeing light being reflected from the object and you ask what is actually happening here?  You would have to say that this would be a thought wave or an intention wave but nobody recognises these things and yet it is happening. (Trying to understand the process/mechanism that makes remote viewing possible is similarly open to speculation although quantum entanglement and non-locality give a credible answer if it is deemed that part of our awareness dwells in that domain but if we also subscribe to the interconnectedness of consciousness these processes are far more simply explained)

When you both think of the same thing at the same time, when you think of someone and the phone rings and it is that person, what has happened? The thought has gone between by what you would call “brains”, but you know that isn’t possible or think it isn’t possible. Has it gone between awarenesses which are focused upon the same thing? Now when it comes to the constituents of the gestalt your awareness of the thought coming from somebody else has come to the surface which means that the majority opinion of the gestalt has said “X is going to phone” or is thinking of phoning. Now there has to be some kind of reasonable connection there between the parties because the majority would have to be interested; how often have you heard of someone saying “That is going to be so-and-so”, a complete stranger?

Never.

Of course not because the majority of the gestalt, even though the thought is out there, would have no idea and couldn’t be bothered with it; but if there is a relationship connection of whatever affinity then yes. Most of the time the only time you will know when someone is going to phone or you know that someone is in trouble is when there is, what you would term, an attachment of care. That is because that corridor of connection is always open, the doors are always open, because you always wish to be aware.

Yes.

Let us say then for that particular person your Skype is always on and so is theirs, so when they think, i.e. press the button, you are immediately aware. Now this continues on as we have said before, once these links are forged then they continue on until they are no longer of interest or something else comes in that is of greater interest. All is forever becoming. You cannot say to yourself that you will only be associated with this person for infinity because the minute that you come back to realising that you have lots of focuses going you will ask yourself “How many people am I madly in love with?”

Yes.

It could be many and so it’s only because you are in the physical that you say “Well which one” because you think in the singular. You don’t think “Well all of them”, and there will be more and more.

You will then realise that you are in love with the image, the gestalt instrument image. You then become aware that everything is connected to everything else and that the image was merely a focus for the time. Yes?

Yes.

You then understand what unconditional love is. It is not conditional upon a physical instrument. That was just in the play, the constructed experience, and outside of that everybody cooperates and so there is no marriage or other restrictive arrangement. There is just love and peace to all, you might say. You are content just to be and to experience and to move from one experience to another and you are all doing it.

Thank you.

You are correct in your earlier conversation that when you turn your focus away from the physical body there will be a short or maybe a little longer transition period to where you understand in the terms that we have just outlined.

Yes, I can well imagine.

You will be quite happy in your new knowledge and, as we have said, as to those remaining you will look back in because you have had a lot of interest, but of course you have got all your other focuses as well and, as there is no time, you will be able to tune into the experience memory and everything else bank of the particular person and so, as we have said before, you will be there all the time, you won’t miss a thing. It won’t be a case of “I looked in last week, what’s happening this week?” because when you look in this week you will be aware of everything that the person experienced in that past week. So to you, no time has passed, or what has, you have been aware of it all.

That’s right.

Because you will pick up what those feelings and attitudes are the instrument is currently sensing and feeling. You will pick up where they are at the present time but that will be the culmination of what they have become and as they maybe switch to a memory from a week before that memory will seem as natural to you as if you have experienced the actual event because you are experiencing the same memory. Do you understand?

Yes, no problem.

So effectively when you enjoin, conjoin, focus into the mind of the instrument then you are part of that mind in the same way that you are part of the instrument that you are currently experiencing the physical through. Yes?

Yes.

It is just a question of tuning in.

And when you have read this over several times you may feel a certain sense of security and peace. 

Please feel free to forward this post to anyone you think may benefit especially those who are grieving the loss of a loved one.

 

 

 

 

 

“Now he has departed from this strange world a little ahead of me. That means nothing. People like us, who believe in physics, know that the distinction between past, present, and future is only a stubbornly persistent illusion.”                                                     Albert Einstein

 “Death is a stripping away of all that is not you. The secret of life is to “die before you die” — and find that there is no death.”                                                                     ― Eckhart Tolle

“Death is not extinguishing the light; it is only putting out the lamp because the dawn has come.”                                                                                                     Rabindranath Tagore

———-

So could you in your words explain what happens when somebody dies on the earth plane?

What happens when somebody dies on the earth plane? The physical body, dies, nothing dies of course, but the consciousness decides that it has had enough and it decides to leave. Of course it chooses its own particular method of leaving. All move into another reality, fully conscious, and depending on their expectations, will be met by, the appearance of, those who they hope to meet. Now, this depends on the abilities of those who already have left the physical body and their ability to present themselves in the framework which the person crossing believes he is in. However, much as you choose a vocation when you are in the physical, there are those who are, what you might term, professional transit easers.

As we said, they will know, immediately, who are the ones that they choose or they are assigned to, because this is a fairly organised process. They will immediately have the full information and the thoughts of the person that they are to take in hand and therefore can immediately create the person that that person will have confidence in. The process, as we elucidated before, will take its course, so just like emergency services swinging into action on the physical, the same, but because this is an ongoing disaster, you might say, the set-up is fully in place at all times, of course, and always has been to meet those who are returning home.

The person crossing will have certain expectations and will be creating their own reality. Now the people meeting sometimes will be not so skilled and may have a job keeping up with the flickering reality because the person moving over is not able to control their thoughts and as their mind moves from one subject, environment, whatever to another then different realities are being formed.Those who are very skilled in this meeting framework and can adjust very quickly indeed can hold the appearance that is acceptable to the person moving across and then hold their attention.

Whereas another person who has not been involved in this sort of thing may find it quite difficult to do. But of course, the person who is meeting quickly educates the person coming across and then is able to move their attention, in the form of an introduction to their relatives and of course once the focus goes on the relatives then it is mostly all over at that stage, because it is like coming into a room full of people and you move from one person to another and of course time is, “time”? time is passing. You are, at each moment, getting used to the new reality.

With regard to the question of being met on arrival. We can first start with the recent surveys by Fenwick and others that show that many people see one of their parents before they pass over. Regarding mediumistic messages the parents come through more often than not to let their children know that they are OK. This is just a continuation of the care and parental love that they have shown whilst in the physical body. Given the foregoing would you not think that when you actually leave the body the first persons there generally will be one or both of your parents and many other close relatives and friends.

On another part you are of the opinion that you have a higher self that is dwelling in another dimension, a higher consciousness, while your lower self or part of the lower consciousness is focused in the physical dimension. Now surely, when the work of the lower consciousness is finished due to the demise of the physical body would you not think that that part of the consciousness is immediately reunited with the rest of the consciousness? Notwithstanding the fact that it was never separate in the first place. It was merely the one consciousness focusing part of its attention into physical reality. Therefore talk of Purgatories and Limbos and various other states are probably more derived from looking at your life review and feeling the pain and suffering and remorse due to the actions that you committed during your life. If you light upon one portion of this when making a foray into the next dimension shall we say, then you will see anguish on behalf of the consciousness, but that is fleeting because it is purely a review. If you take it to be a permanent state then lo and behold, you have your Purgatory or your Limbo or your Hell. And of course many, in fact most, see the other point in that all is love and beautiful light and wonderful scenes. If you subscribe to the fact that we all create our own reality then what scene do you think would be created for you by those meeting you in order to immediately quell any fears and put you at ease?

As stated before, follow the logic and ignore the incoherent hallucinations of others. You are logical beings at the moment and that is due to the consciousness that is focused through you. You will be logical beings wherever you are, whenever you are. You may be temporarily discombobulated, under false impressions, but it is easy for those you love to disabuse you of those notions. Any questions?

No, I think that is quite clear, quite well put.

Can you expand on the meeting process when someone passes over?

There is really nothing very magical about this. It is just like you meeting somebody off a plane. They step into a strange land and they see you. Example, if you hadn’t seen somebody for 50 years, you flew to another country, you came out through immigration and customs and there they were, standing there. Now, what if you hadn’t expected to meet these people?

There are two cases, 1, you would expect to meet them, in which case you can imagine the scenario. They greet each other, wonderful to be back, come to my place, let’s go.

If you hadn’t expected to meet this person, you had thought they had gone forever, there is huge surprise and much talking goes on first before they then say, ”look, let’s get out of here and we will show you around”.

Now, although that may seem a short time to you, it could be a long time, particularly if you had forgotten what the other person looked like and you had to be persuaded that “I am indeed your grandmother” and especially again if you said “prove it, I am not so sure about this, I didn’t see you after I was 3, how do I know you are my grandmother? Can you imagine? So take process and take it to the physical situation we have just described and sit and imagine the conversation that might go on under different degrees of recognition especially if you had thought you were going to be met by a senior figure of the administration and you kept looking around for him and ignoring the people who are saying “I’m your grandmother” and you keep saying “Go away, I’m waiting for the president”. Can you see the parallel with the religious figure? Because there is something you desire and you do not want to settle for less and so you resist.

Most will not because they will recognise who is there and the desire is not so strong.

What is the purpose of seeing your life flash before you?

Let us again bring this back to the physical. You are told that you have six months to live. After the initial shock, when you are alone thinking that you only have so much time left, let us say that it is evening and there is nothing else to do before you go to bed or even when you lie awake in bed, what are your thoughts likely to turn to?

What you have done over your life.

There you are. This answers the question. Simply the life review is, you have actually left, the life is finished. Aren’t you likely to think “Hmm, well”, and then it becomes apparent, because the consciousness is now expanded once more, (you remember) why you went there in the first place.

You are now back. It is as if you went to another country, remained there for so many years, went back to your old country, were met by the relatives again and they said “What did you learn down there , what was it like?” Let us put it this way, on the plane back to the other country would you not think “Well, I will not see that place again, what can I take with me, what memories will I hold on to”? Of course, the impactful events that have stayed in your memory will arise once more. It is just a question of degree because everything is recorded. You cannot retrieve all that from the brain when you are in the physical but the mind and spirit has a better mechanism of retrieval and of course the vibration is of a much higher speed so you get the impression of being able to cast your eye over a life in what seems to you to be very little time. But, do you know how much time has passed any more than you know how much time has passed in a dream?

So you are reassuring us that we will all meet up with our loved ones before we reach a greater understanding?

Does everybody that loses a loved one here still think about them and care for them? So do you not think that those that pass on do not think about and care for the ones they have left behind. Reason, logic must be used, you understand. Look at the situations which pertain amongst those in the physical and realise that each one of those instruments being used in the physical is being, we use the word let us say, influenced, because manipulated or oriented are not quite right. Influenced because the fact that consciousnesses are what you might say stretched, with one end focused in the physical plane, the other end aware that they are not on the physical plane, but they are connected irrevocably. So those who are not in the physical plane are still…have the same feelings…

We moved on to where we said, look at what you do here,  that is the consciousness manipulating the physical in such a way that you keep close contact with certain people and not so close contact with others. There is a reason for that because as we said, think of a consciousness as stretched but the two consciousnesses that are close on the physical plane are also close on the non-physical plane. Do you understand? If you look at two stretched pieces they come together. With the consciousnesses that are not close on the physical plane are not close either on the non-physical plane. As above so below and vice versa. Again, logic.

When a person passes over and they already have a knowledge and belief in the  afterlife is it easier for them to contact people whose bodies are still alive than if they had no belief or knowledge?

It certainly speeds the process up because they know where to look, whereas the person who has no knowledge doesn’t even know where to look or what to ask for.  People are told that mediums shine a light into the other vibration and as such they stand out from the rest. So, if you have the knowledge of that and you look round, instead of wondering, “Why are they different?” you understand. Then you can focus upon them and try to impress them with your mind and then your thoughts. If you have a particular resonance with that medium then it would be easier for you to communicate through one medium than maybe through another. Again, you may have like thoughts, like likes, like vibration, it makes the process of communication much easier. So if you have some idea then obviously it is much quicker for you to go through the options. But, of course, depending on who you meet and how experienced they are, in the same way they have communicated themselves. Remember only a small proportion of people manage to communicate because of belief systems, because of the fact that it is very difficult to get the physical to be in the presence of a medium. To implant the message you have to influence the physical person to either approach a medium or in some way direct them into the path of a medium and let the conversation open up in that fashion. If you can only impress the medium in a superficial manner then they will not feel sufficiently motivated to pass the information on to a stranger. But if you can influence that medium very strongly then even though they don’t know the person they feel driven to stop that person and say, “I have this person here”, or whatever information is being, wished to be transmitted. So the simple answer is yes, but we gave you an explanation of why it is yes.

What generally happens when you believe there is nothing there then initially there is nothing there. But, of course, you realise that you still are and the question arises in your mind, “well I am here but there is nothing else around.” Of course, there are many people who love you, the ones that make their vocation the easing of transition of souls, such as these, from the physical to the non-physical.  They appear, as we spoke before, in a manner which is non-threatening and has a degree of acceptability to the newly arrived person, such that anybody that is not determined to dismiss everything as some form of hallucination then slowly gets a degree of curiosity, you might say, and opens up to and listens and feels that even though they may feel, “what is this?” they get persuaded over a period of time. It all depends on how some, immediately they are spoken to, realise, “Hey, this isn’t what I thought, but I had heard about this.” And, of course, just the joy of realising, “Yes, I am still alive and there must be a life.” Then they quickly change and open up and from there on they can be told that they can communicate. So if you are humble enough to say, ”yes I didn’t realise that, now I do. OK where do we go from here?” for those people you can go as fast as you like, because as the facts come you look at them and you see. Can you imagine somebody who goes over, then understands and sees somebody, especially a relative and finally accepts that the relative says, “Yes you are dead, and you know I’m dead, now you know we are both not dead.” When you are confronted with this and are prepared to accept that it is not a hallucination, because obviously after a bit of communication you are fully aware that you are in a new state, then you can be shown the ropes quickly. You can be shown somebody else communicating and so, in terms of time, this can all happen in the blink of an eye. So, horses for courses once more. If you are talking about your own loved ones who have passed over, you think, “How did they react to a changed situation that is irrevocable.” Would they cope with it or would they go into an act of total denial but there are few who do that. If they are any normal reasonable kind of person then the vast majority are aware of the possibilities within a short time. Then it’s a question of the logistics of bringing the people they wish to communicate with into, we might as well say, aura of an intermediary i.e. a medium.

In the non-physical are there any senses that we do not have in the physical?

Well again, first the sense that you can imagine is that of instant recognition of thought. Your thoughts are on display because as you pick up a thought, let us say, and you focus upon it, your signature joins that of the thought, put it that way or the thought lights up. It is apparent that you are cogitating upon that thought. It is as if you have a net and the thoughts get caught up in the net but everybody can see the net, so they see which thoughts are caught in that net. So some nets, all the nasty thoughts, you might say, pass straight through and other nets, they tend to linger, and so you can see. They may not stay there but they get focused upon, whereas in other nets they get instantly dismissed. So judging by the nature of the thoughts that get focused upon enables you to judge whether that particular consciousness or group of consciousnesses, because that is what it would be, is or would be a good companion for yourself. So there is the major sense.

Comment. Just have to break in here as I type this. People talk of levels of vibration in the afterlife, but how to change your vibration? What a simple explanation above, accentuate the positive (and loving), eliminate the negative. Try to only think the thoughts you are willing to declare as your own.

Now the rest is creation. You can create the images, you can create the sensations. So if you want the sensation of weightlessness, you can have the sensation of weightlessness. One can have the ability to produce the location of anywhere you wish to imagine, so rather than say you move instantly to the location, the location immediately surrounds you because it is in the imagination, shall we say. Imagine if when you shut your eyes a brilliant picture appeared and you could see right into it, we discussed this the other night when we were talking about virtual reality, coming home and sitting in your virtual reality chair and all the sensations in your body told you that you were walking and jumping and doing all kinds of other things. So you could write your programs and see yourself doing a hundred metre high jump, need we go any further?

It’s a wild ride isn’t it? From sliding down rainbows of coloured lights to being battered by the intensities of thoughts and emotions to finding out how to navigate through the fields of imagination without getting lost in your own creations and forgetting to remember where you came from in the first place. No wonder people stick carefully to what they feel safe with. Would you go on a small ship in mountainous seas if you didn’t have to? No, you wouldn’t. So why would you let yourself be immersed in a reality where it is quite easy to forget that you can change your focus and get back to you old reality? Of course, you can only change your focus to return you to your own reality if you remember what your own reality was.

So perhaps you have to have a guide who can stay at a distance and then, although you are immersed in your reality he can call you back.

Now, we have just drawn an analogy with the stretched consciousness. You carefully anchor one end of your consciousness in your home reality and then you allow other parts of your consciousness to go and explore. Once more, we can come back to what you have just read and imagine that to be the silver cord. Imagine that you have a walkie-talkie system, a radio transmission that for some reason you have dubbed “The silver cord”. Now when you go exploring, your controller in the home station decides not to send you any information and therefore you do not realise, you quickly forget because no more information is coming and you think you have lost the link.

So you are just aware, of what you are aware of. And, it becomes your reality. But at some stage, all of a sudden, a thought will come through loud and clear and it will be of such intensity that you will be in no doubt, this is real, this is not something I can brush aside and in fact, because it is coming from the controller they can simply blank out every other transmission and you only hear the words,  ”Come in No 4”, and you will return safely from whence you came.

Now do you find that understandable?

Yes thank you.

I think we have cleared up a little bit of what you have just read. It is very difficult when passing this information over to draw enough analogies to cover the different belief systems that exist amongst the physical instruments. The books would stretch to thousands of pages and you would be quickly bored with reading one analogy after another especially if you have understood the first one. None of your own writers even can afford to try to explain complex operations to those who do not already have a background in that particular field, which you would understand.

So the information that is being put through, even at a cursory glance, it is obvious that this will only appeal to, and be understandable to, people who have already wrestled with the mystery of how the physical world is created and maintained and all the differing theories of science and religion and philosophy where you, once more, looking at your screen with the different colours, is why most people focus on one colour, one filter system to construct their belief system. Because if they try to focus on all the colours the sheer overwhelming contradictory information would leave them totally at sea.

We have been told that people have what we call death-bed visions. Some state that they have seen the “spirit”, in the form of “smoke or mist” leaving the body.

All bodies interpenetrate. The bodies that comprise, let us say, operation mechanisms of the instrument, the pattern, interpenetrate each other and exist within each other. Now apart from physical and you have just taken on the belief of the etheric, the rest fluctuate, pulse, in a different frequency. When the physical body is no longer valid the other bodies have no need to remain in close proximity to the physical. As to this smoke, mist leaving the dying physical body, this has been attributed to the life force leaving the body. But, as you can imagine, one has to be of a clairvoyant nature to be able to see any part of the aura which is composed of the various bodies. So here you are seeing these bodies, let us say, regrouping. As previously stated, they no longer have to be in close proximity or even approximate the shape of the physical body, because the intention, the focus, was upon the pattern of the physical body.

The informational memory, the emotional feeling of self, still exists, but the raison d’etre, the reason for being was the pattern of the physical, and now the physical is to be dispensed with , although the pattern forever remains, the physical body consciousness groupings now begin to dissipate. Whereas the pattern, in the form of the idea, incorporating the built up personality and the connection with the sponsoring, shall we say, and directing entity will carry on.

Now, as you have been told , the pattern continues to exist, because what started off as an idea, then turned into an ongoing gestalt of consciousness with its own ideas about itself and being composed of eternal consciousness, its own ideas of purpose and what it wanted to do next, where it wanted to focus. So, a long winded answer, but basically this is the other bodies leaving the physical pattern body with no real need to maintain that particular pattern. Of course by re-focusing on that pattern the image of that body can be re-created in any particular plane.

They would do that in order to appear to a clairvoyant to communicate with their loved ones remaining on the earth.

For that, and also the purpose of meeting loved ones who have yet to pass over so that when they actually pass over you can re-create the original form. You may indeed, in the astral, keep that for a while until all are aware of the non-necessity of form.

 

Can you talk a little bit about survival of consciousness?

Survival of consciousness. Did consciousness need to survive, because consciousness did not need to be born and surely when you are talking survival you mean avoid elimination. If it existed before the period in the physical then it must have been in the situation to which it is returning. Again, if you peruse your religious literature you will find most talk about returning and returning means to from whence you came. Many questions are asked about survival but few are asked about origination. So, survival of consciousness is not a question that needs to be answered because consciousness always is, and we have to take the word always out because consciousness simply is. So, consciousness when it decides not to focus on the physical world, dimension, channel, program, whatever you wish turns its attention back.  It switches off the screen.

There is no question of survival it always survives. It merely creates. Once you discover, not only the thrill of creativity, but the enjoyment of, let us say, being inside the creation that you create, even to the point of forgetting that you are instrumental in creating the very world that you now find yourself in, and forgetting same.  Now, again, why the concept of the veil of forgetfulness or crossing the river Styx coming to being. Why is it said that when the soul makes the transition from the non-physical into the body at whatever point you wish to believe in, be it from conception to birth or any point in between, then why did this arise and it had to as a condition of entry to be stripped of all prior memory. You have to actually, let us say, meditate on that, and then you will find the answer  previously alluded to.

To enjoy your creation to the utmost you must forget that you actually created it because once you understand all the indications of your creation it no longer holds any mystery or excitement. No thrill of discovery. Yet once you “survive” you then become aware that it was all your creation, and “your” is plural, everything is a co-creation, as on earth everything is interdependent, everything is a co-creation and so the world you “co-habit” in is the same. If you wish, multi consciousnesses create the, use the word, “play” shall we, that they wish to perform in.

Now, one thing, to digress a little but is does make the point. One example that we gave a few nights ago was that of the lava lamp. If you ever owned a lava lamp you will know that when the power is not on, the layer of material at the bottom of the lamp is still and quiescent and the medium above, basically water, is also still, nothing happens. Some may take this example and say that the bottom layer is the ocean of consciousness to which we all return, the formlessness, there is no form there. But when you switch on the power, in the physical you will use heat, in the non-physical you will use intent, will, focus. So, switch on your focus, that is energetic, the power, power excites the up until now still air, the void if you wish, the ocean, the still ocean of consciousness. What happens? Forms arise and float up into the clear light, water is used for the lava lamp but space is used in what you would call the universe. So depending on the creative idea that is focused upon the forms arise and the forms arise because the consciousness, that wishes to create the form, gathers together with other parts of that ocean of consciousness to create the forms which it can then view and then of course when you switch the focus off it all sinks to the bottom and becomes still once more. But the memories of the forms remain. Now this is a very simplistic example, but you only have to sit and let your imagination, logic and reason come together to see how all forms arise from the formless, simply because you decide and “you”, you can define as a singular consciousness, a large consciousness but it is all part of the one, call it ocean of consciousness and you could easily say that is one consciousness or is one mind but that is merely a point of view. Within the ocean you have warm oceans and cold oceans, frozen parts and boiling parts, all parts of the spectrum. The same thing applies to all the qualities of existence and even the perception qualities you apply such as good and bad. So, there are infinite possibilities because anything can be formed from the ocean of consciousness which creates the energy, if you wish, everything is created from that. This is virtually impossible for people to understand because they cannot understand the fact that imagination creates everything. Imagination can create energy, energy creates form, imagination creates action, it creates desire but there is a feedback with it as well especially when you forget you are the creator. So now, you will probably have to listen to this once more before you understand the ever circular motion of creativity, stillness followed by more creativity and stillness. Do you create during your waking hours then find stillness during your sleeping hours, so, as above so below ad infinitum.

How do we perceive ourselves when we return to a non-physical state? Do we still think in physical terms?

Earlier today we spoke a stretched piece of blue tack, modelling clay, anything you like with one portion at one end and one portion at the other end connected by a stretched piece pulled from the middle that seems to be heavily stretched further and further and further depending on the polymerisation of the material. But it is all part of the same piece. We have just mentioned also that when the creator, which is the whole piece creates the piece that it focuses upon, the reality it wishes to inhabit, it then still retains its other focus in the dimension from which it started to create or to focus. There is continual connection at all times between the two entities, you might say, conglomerations, gestalts of consciousness which are actually the same. As the life in the physical progresses and you get caught up in the believability of that life, you forget that you are part of the creation of that life, then memories, attitudes, everything else are formed and these are at the same time observed and recorded in the other half of the consciousness. Now when you decide that no longer is the creation necessary you merely withdraw your energy, withdraw that portion of consciousness. The cooperating consciousnesses that form the body find their own focus once more and they will join other gestalts if they wish or they’ll simply let some of that conglomerated consciousness energy return to the formlessness but most will just join another group focus. So you realise you are no longer focused in the physical, but of course you will have taken on board the emotional states and certain of the beliefs of your focus into the physical, much like you here read a book stating certain things and acquire certain beliefs.

So finding yourself with a full focus in the new direction, and remember nostalgia comes into effect here as well, there may be a certain amount of longing. Even though you knew you wanted to withdraw, and you did, there are some things which “ah I didn’t really want to leave that behind”. So it takes time to let go of certain attachments. Which is why you read of hospitals and other things because attachments need not all be of a loving kind. They can be an attachment to an illness. Basically an attachment is a belief so some awake fully conscious that the whole thing is full of sound and fury signifying nothing and others will take some time before they fully focus into the new dimension. But many, most, having met their others that have passed before, that they hadn’t seen for a long time, will find a joyous reunion and quickly become attuned to the new way of life because ,after all, it is what you have done many times before and so it is like putting back on a familiar old coat. Like moving abroad for many years and then coming back. All the old friends are still there, even your old house is still there and although it’s strange maybe and you keep thinking of what you have just left and the people you have just left, within no time it seems like you’d never left at all. Everything is back to normal and the time abroad is remembered but no longer has any real impact except for certain habits you may have acquired, certain beliefs you picked up while being “abroad”. So each venture into the new dimensions picks up a little bit more knowledge and changes you which is why we speak about the process of forever becoming, because each experience, each event just changes things a little. Much as, as you breathe in and out, you breathe out atoms, molecules, and as one researcher terms them, molecules of emotion. You breathe out molecules of emotions and of course they are your emotions but do you not think you breathe in molecules of emotions which is why many say we are all one another, all part of the one.

We have said much here that again is to be cogitated upon to see how it is a continual movement in the ever present and although it seems like time is involved it is just like the lava lamp, everything is in motion and yet it ever stays the same.

I think that also explains a little bit about survival of consciousness.

Is it an effort for the consciousnesses that are already on the other side to greet the consciousness that is newly over in a form that will be recognised?

Consciousness creates form. Consciousness can create any form it wishes. Therefore consciousness creates the form that it is aware, telepathically you might say, will be acceptable to the newly arrived “soul”. If you reverse the roles, put yourself in the other soul’s place, and you knew that someone was coming over and they expected Jesus to meet them, would you show yourself as yourself or Jesus? What would be possibly the most acceptable and wished for, you might say? Where the person would feel, ”Ah, I’m in the right place”. You would create a Jesus. You might, if you were very close, create your own form the person remembers as long as you are aware that it is equally acceptable. For those who are not highly religious then the joy of meeting loved ones they have lost knows no bounds. For others they would prefer to meet that which they expected to meet and their expectations are fulfilled. Any image can be created. We go back to a few nights ago with the painter/creator.

Many questions can be answered if you say, ”What would I do if that was me”. Because that which is you, is you, and so, many questions you can answer yourself. You may feel “can I believe this”? But where is your information coming from? If you believe that you are the “I” and you basically create your personality etc. then surely the “I” knows what it is all about. You merely have to pierce the ”Veil of Forgetfulness”. Just, ask, and you will give yourself, rather than, “it shall be given to you”.

When somebody dies and you for example feel them sit on the edge of the bed I suppose your answer would be that consciousness creates form?

Why would you come back to create an event such as you are describing?

To reassure somebody.

Put yourself in the position, look at the options available to you which others will show you, who have been back for a while, what is possible. You will choose the one that suits your purpose, because you know the person to whom you wish to present the idea that you are still around and what may be acceptable to them. In the same way, as we discussed the last question, then you may sit on the end of the bed, to some with experience you may appear full form and talk, discuss until the loved partner is at peace. You may do many things that we know we discussed earlier, aftershaves, smell of smoke, various knocks, door bells, even words on computer screens, coins, the list goes on and on. So, whatever you think might give comfort to one even though he misses you. Again, what would you do, when anything is possible? That you believe anything is possible. Remember that the attitudes of belief are just the same wherever you are, whether in this dimension or any other dimension, you see what you believe, you create what you believe you can create and the reverse is true also.

How much of our “personality” stays with us when we pass over?

It is not a question of passing over. It is simply a question of the experience being brought to a close and the consciousnesses involved in that experience then focusing in a different direction. Passing over is merely, as we said the other time, looking from left to right. You move from one focus to another focus. [From seeing, being, in one reality to seeing, being, in another reality]. All consciousnesses involved in the physical life then move their focus somewhere else, some quicker than others. We must come back to the realisation that the Joe Public, the body, is being experienced and directed by multiple consciousnesses.

You do not want to lose who you think you are, yet you cannot lose who you think you are, but wherever you focus, as we explained before, you are whatever you are aware of. [In other words when you focus into another reality you ”become” the personality you create in order to experience that reality and as in the physical do not realise or believe that you can be other than that personality]

So you are many things [many personalities] but that is difficult for you to understand? You will always be, this person, but you always are, many other persons, because everywhere you focus you become a part of, you understand, you have the knowledge, you form bonds, you are attracted by some things, repulsed by others. So wherever you look, and if you look upon your daily operation even when you pick up a paper or anything else, some things are attractive some things are not, some things you glance and go straight by, never to remember them, others will take your attention. You have formed a bond with some information and not with others. You will remember some of these bonds. Now as you go through the day, you will maybe look at the paper, look at the television, speak to somebody, you will go to an activity and if you review that at the end of the day you will find that there are a whole host of things which you remember and remembrance and memory is a bond. What language do you wish to use? What does a bond mean to you? What does a memory mean to you? It depends on the intensity you put upon the meaning of each word.

 

What do you feel about NDE’s?

Normal death experiences. Summed up, just like that.

Can you comment on the life review?

You are unaware that every sensation or thought is imprinted upon, we don’t want to get typecast here, so we could use the terms, energetic being, aura, magnetic record, computer file, whatever you wish, but, a mark is made every time there is any thought or movement or feeling or emotion, whatever. Yes? So the map cannot be destroyed. You don’t know how to get rid of it, in fact it is impossible to erase. Once more, when you are close to the ground you can only see the immediate surround. Yet when out in space you can see all around that person for thousands of miles. You can see, if you care to watch, where they start, where they finish. We are talking in spatial terms but of course the same thing applies in time terms. When e. g. you are in the satellite do you watch each single step, each movement as the person traverses from a to b? You just snapshot occasionally the progress. The same thing applies to a life review, all the images are there but as you scan the life review you gloss over the tens of thousands of meals you ate, the tens of thousands of toilet breaks, the tens of thousands, or maybe not..or yes, of nights of sleep, all the mundane pieces. Yet pieces that interest you, flash up, and you see all the pertinent pieces that you select without understanding that you are selecting them. And because your vibration, if you wish your powers of “sight”, more like powers of comprehension are far more acute, just like the computer you can assimilate information far quicker. So those highlights which if you think about it are not very many, a few hundred perhaps, and maybe you scan those few hundred highlights in a few seconds and you see your whole life flash before your eyes simply because your powers of comprehension are far more capable, let us say. You are capable of assimilating far more information, far more quickly than when you have to do it via a limited instrument that is your physical brain.

Some of these people report that they also felt the effect of their words and actions on others as the others felt them.

Information. Were they there at the time? Were they connected to the other party? In the physical body they couldn’t pick up the thoughts of the other party. But in, what you would term, the higher consciousness, they were able to pick up the thoughts of the other party and therefore that information is retained as well. So when you have the near death experience you have both the memory of the brain and the memory of the, let us put it, super-conscious mind. The controlling consciousness. And therefore you are aware of what is the effect of your actions as well as how you felt about your actions.

The NDE often has a life changing effect on those who return. What effect does it have on those who do not?

You have heard many times that people say that they were met by their god and told to not worry, you were only learning, which effectively means “your sins are forgiven” for they were not sins.

They were experiences.

They were just experiences and you were learning from those experiences and when you are ready it will be explained to you but you will gradually know anyway that you created those experiences and so did everybody else and they were not real, in the sense that you previously thought, because you created the entertainment. You explored what happens when you are in the drama and you feel that the drama is real. Now, for those that carry on, they can look at this and say “well, that was quite interesting, so this is now my state of being, because if I enter into another one, do I want to have these feelings again, even though later I realise they are yours (the other party)”. Just like yourselves going to a horrific movie and coming out shaking and saying “Uh I wish I hadn’t gone to that” and vowing never to go to another one again. Even though you know it was total fiction, it had an effect. No difference!

Other worlds, other realities, other states of being.

What if when you die you don’t wish to be a human being anymore because what you watch happening in the world around you, although it is only a part of what is going on, makes you feel that you don’t really want to be here, you want to be in a better place where you don’t have all this approaching madness going on.

There are people who leave the body that feel that way, that they don’t wish to return but they still keep an interest. It is possible just to watch what goes on and not be affected. For a while you may be annoyed, saddened or whatever by what still continues to be, but as your focus turns elsewhere for much of the “time” then the interest in the earth becomes purely cursory. Yes, it is still going on, it always is, when will we ever learn. How glad I am not to be locked into that.

When it comes to other areas of focus there are multiple worlds to be involved in. Many quite like the earth, but with different structures of behaviour. When you leave the earth you may decide to join in the construction of pseudo earths, in fact you might say that your own earth is a pseudo earth. It is just another state of being that you inhabit for exercise of your creativity. Others can be set up where violence is not an attribute that is allowed. Anybody that exhibits violent tendencies, what can they do because they cannot find their way into that state of being. The state of being in itself is such that it does not encompass violent attitudes so, even if they could find their way into there, they could not stay there because they would not be allowed to interact with other participants.

Any creativity you can imagine in the earth plane plus all forms of non-sensory perception, non-physical laws can be picked and chosen to form other realities, which are only realities should you decide to adopt the requisite criteria for participation in those realities. Therefore you can have realities where you eat and you can have realities where you don’t eat. You can have realities where your bodies are heavy and you can have realities where your body is light. You can have realities where all are equal, all love all others but still are able to play their games, communicate, discuss, even be involved in philosophy about “all that is” in the same way that you all do in the physical plane and yet, without necessity, or conflict and anger and associated traits. Can you imagine that?

Harmony, there is no problem. You have harmony in the orchestra, you have harmony in a team with all pulling together, you have harmony when you are all engaged in pulling for the same participant in a competition and so what would seem to you to be idealistic scenarios can indeed be realities and so you can choose a reality. As we said before, entertainment. An entertainment where we don’t have to find out “who dun it”. You just enjoy the thrill of co-operation, and co-operation and competition can still be enjoyed without acrimony. Imagine, you play golf against the same course, all the time, but do you hate the course because you don’t play well sometimes? You go back and try again, continuously in competition with the course and yet you can still love the course. You love being there, so you can see that competition and conflict and love and hate, or hate anyway, do not have to go together.

There are many, many worlds, states of being, universes, planes of existence, like all other things or terms used to describe that which you are not aware of, there are ways to be that are far too numerous to mention. That is why they are not generally outlined to you except in the broadest of terms because otherwise they will be fastened upon and seen as “the next world”. There are many worlds to choose from right now, let alone after you leave the physical body. Think of the worlds that are in your dreams, think of the worlds that people find when they say they have had an out of body experience, think of the worlds in a near death experience, of course, the first reaction when passing over is often to create by your conscious desire, your prior conditioning, prior idealistic aspirations, so you create or assume to co-created worlds of beautiful valleys and beautiful mountains and scenery and glowing cities, where everybody smiles, and everybody learns and listens to music. It may sound farfetched but given a free rein to create your ideal place what would you likely create? Once you think about it, is it so far fetched that you create such wonderful places?

There appears to be certain blinkered beliefs that the next worlds are only inhabited by consciousnesses that have recently exited the body, whereas even a little thought will tell you that the vast majority of consciousness has never been near the physical plane. It has created all these other universes. Only a certain type of consciousness comes to the physical plane. Others look and say “not for me thank you”. Others look and say “let us try and make it a better place”, as you have seen by the utterances of some of you that inhabit physical bodies. Others wonder ”how could I survive in that sort of atmosphere, would I do well , would I not”. So it attracts different kinds of consciousness, different types of personality. Of course when you are in one state of being and then you start looking at other states of being it has an attraction sometimes, many times, in testing yourself, in challenging yourself and you could say the earth plane certainly does that.

After physical death you will be retaining your memories and your memories of sensory perception. This is all to do with gradations of frequency movement, we may say. As you move away from the physical then you will lose touch with the physical and as one person remarked many years ago “you see through a glass darkly”.

Is this not referring to the bigger you?

Of course the statement is talking about the bigger you but that is what we are saying. When you withdraw your focus from physical reality….let us say we are the entity, the soul entity. It has focuses in several different realities, one of which is in the physical reality. When you withdraw your focus from the physical reality i.e. the instrument ceases to operate, then you still have … you do not need the physical eyes to see, but you do not see in the same fashion, you see vibration. Whereas using the physical eye you see, we can only say “light’. You have the same senses but they are utilised in a different fashion. So you can effectively, I think we said earlier on, you can tune in to the information that is coming through but you may not see completely perfectly.

Let us look at a near-death experience. Yes? So, the body is comatose. It is not moving but the entity is still intending to stay in physical reality. Are you with this? So the entity, as when the instrument is asleep for example, is able to turn its attention away and converse with others who have turned their attention away. Of course even when all are not asleep they can converse at a higher level. Now let us assume, we will go back to our previous example, the entity moves its focus from the body in the operating theatre to where the relatives are. Remember, the entity is experienced in the emotional connections of the instrument and the entity is feeling, that is the whole point of creating a physical instrument, to feel the emotional entanglements, the feelings, the results of actions. So you cannot help becoming….the entity is involved in the drama as well. Yes? Which is why when the entity is focused in the particular physical drama or any other dimension for that matter it feels that this is the only one. It knows it isn’t when it withdraws its focus but all the time it is focused the focus is so intent and so structured as to not allow other information through as it would “spoil the game”. Are you with me? Each focus is kept separate deliberately otherwise there would be confusion arising across the board. And so when you move your focus to the other room you can….colour is vibration, sound is vibration, you can see the energy of another person, you can also see their thoughts and you can see what they see. If you wish to see what another person in another room is seeing you merely, with permission, pick up the information from the other entity. Are you with me here?

Yes.

Your physical brother is in the other room, you-entity contact brother-entity and essentially see and hear through the brother’s sensory perceptors. Do you understand? But of course once the entity withdraws its focus from the instrument, (the physical body dies), you can do this for a while but you simply lose interest and you turn to other matters. You may focus in now and again but basically you are reading energy and picking up everything because you will always be connected so whenever you turn your focus you will not only pick up the present day you will pick up the whole of, what you might term, the Akashic record of that particular person that you were and are connected with. Is that clear?

Yes.

Because there is only the present.

Let us call the senses instruments, what do instruments do, they measure, what is a measurement but a perception, so you create the instruments i.e. the senses, to measure whatever it is that you  wish to, for example, and you create the instrument of course to create. So instruments are used for various purposes. And so you have hands which are instruments. You have eyes which are instruments. Eyes measure, eyes guide, hands measure and guide, everything plays its part. All are instruments but all are composed of consciousness and consciousness is always aware. Consciousness is awareness, consciousness is constantly aware, it cannot be anything else because if it wasn’t aware it would not be conscious. So consciousness and awareness are synonymous.

Exactly, the nature of the soul, if you wish to call it, consciousness, the nature of perception, awareness, which we have just stated. It is a choice to perceive but you cannot, not perceive. You can merely decide, pretend not to perceive. It is like closing your eyes and deciding that you don’t exist. Impossible.

After death transition to the larger “I”.

You have just realised that the after death scenario that we have given you and you have learned from others over the years and the pictures that you have conjured up as to the procedure that you go through when moving over to the other side have all been predicated on the basis that the “I” that you know continues without any change. You meet all the other “I”s that you knew and you set about being involved in the co-creation and joining in the co-creation of a different reality. You view your life review as something you look at from your own perspective, but we have told you about being on the stage or at the back of the audience and simply being the observer focussed so hard into the physical that you think you are the observed. You can see these as being two halves of the same coin, shall we say, one half fully aware that it is the observer and the other half under the impression that it is the observed.

But you have just had one of those moments when you realise that when the observer withdraws his focus from the stage, shall we say, then the observed is no longer, he is now the observer. He is back to truly being “The observer and the observed are one” except that the observed is no longer active. Now how do you think you will view the procedure of going over if you are aware that you are going to become the observer immediately you move over? Your life review will take on possibly the same attitude as is put out in the near death experiences, because they are also, even if they don’t know it, seeing it from the point of view of the observer.

You will be aware more, because you will understand that you are now the observer and that was just another passing experience. Your feelings towards others in that experience will be tempered by the fact that you will immediately be aware and in contact with, as you are all along of course, with your fellow puppet masters, your fellow observers. Only they will have their observed parts active as well and when they see the pain that their observed parts, their puppets; as we said it is like having a child, it is part of you; then they will want to assuage that pain. So you will play your part in reactivating your pattern of your observed, your ”I”, in order to communicate with those who remain behind and say “Yes, I will be waiting”. Just a little white lie really. You are waiting and you will reconstruct the “I” maybe, especially if they don’t realise they are going to become the observer immediately.  They soon will but it is a subterfuge in order to ease the transition. You quickly become aware that you have been, well you don’t even have to become aware, you just are back where you have been all the time and the life will just, we won’t say it seems like a dream, but that little play is over for now. Although it is continuing your part in it is finished and although you can keep in touch with what is going on you will turn your gaze elsewhere for most of the time and just keep in touch with your fellow puppeteers and the loved ones you have left behind.

It is hard to tell people that although they lose their full sense of “I” the entity they return to becoming is more than the “I”, the “I” is just a part of it. You don’t actually lose it, it is just that you will realise that that little episode was merely a play act we got together to explore different experiences. It is quite difficult to draw an analogy here in that not many people find any kind of position where they go from being, let us say, a nonentity to a somebody in an instant. We don’t mean sudden fame either, we mean part of the same structure, almost like being the son of the chairman, in a fairly reasonable position and suddenly the chairman dies and you have to take over. You have suddenly got a much bigger field to play on, a lot more people to look after and you are no longer just interested in that small job you were doing before because you have another whole set of departments, a board of directors that report to you whereas previously maybe you were a middle manager. And so you forget pretty quickly what was going on in middle management as you are too busy dealing with matters of higher importance.

Not a great analogy but you will soon realise that you have many more things going on and as your son Steven said, he now knows people he didn’t know he knew. You will find the same but it’s all good stuff, you just get a bigger canvas to play on and you don’t lose the “I” that you knew. It’s just that you know that when your loved ones come over they will come up to speed probably just as quickly as you do because you will be there to show them the ropes if you haven’t already transmitted to them beforehand.

So another one to think through a little bit. It’s surprising isn’t it how you bask nicely in the knowledge that you’ve got it all buttoned up and then suddenly something rather simple occurs to you and you wonder, why didn’t “I” see that before?

But, perhaps, you weren’t given the thought!

(Makes you realise your higher self is pulling the strings)

Do you understand what we are saying?

I fully understand, that’s what I thought anyway.

Then you must be ahead of the game in many respects.

That’s just what I thought.

How many people do you think, think that way? That they will become something vastly bigger.

Probably not very many.

Can you think of another suitable analogy for the transition from the “I”, the small “I”, to a larger “I”?

The “actor” scenario is the method I can think of. The “I” is one of the parts we have to play, therefore the actor is the bigger part because we play many parts.

How about the actor suddenly promoted to producer and director who is also responsible for running several theatres and several plays at once?

Well, that is another thing I am……..

So we have hierarchies within hierarchies once more? Levels, levels of experience, levels of control, levels of direction and of course, levels of interest. So life can only get more interesting once you leave the narrow focus of the physical.

With regard to NDE’s, why is it that some people are told that it is not their time and that they have to go back?

Do you think that everything is perfect on our side?

No.

Well, we will go into it a bit further but you have your answer there of course. In some consciousness groups there is a flux in the amount of consciousnesses joining and leaving and sometimes there is more of an exodus than there is an ingress. So it can be that there is a decision, even though momentarily as intensity as to the way forward fluctuates, and as the body is being recreated in every instant, it can be that sometimes the switch off moment can be a little longer than usual until it is decided to switch back on again. So the confusion that arises is generally settled by the stock phrase ‘it’s not your time’ and of course it isn’t, because it was but it isn’t any more. So back you come but of course then the argument having been settled, you might say, the intensity is such that there is a time to keep things stable for a while. You couldn’t have people popping in and out every five minutes could you now? It would be no good for either side. So these things generally get organised, you might say, so that you come down on one side or the other.

But in the main, and in the very, very, main of course, when it is decided that it is game over then the plug is pulled, you might say, and you are recalled to from whence you came. You are recalled to the home turf.

So do our lives have a predetermined end?

Most lives come with some kind of plan. It’s a co-creation and like writing any script, which you have to do of course because people want to know what they are letting themselves in for and whether it appeals or not. You don’t do it if it doesn’t appeal. You may do it if you want to help somebody else out although it doesn’t appeal, and of course you can stay in a semi- observer capacity, not quite as connected as another might be to experience it in full. In general the script is written out to a fair degree but there are changes made as you go along.  The ingress and the exodus of the consciousnesses can change the balance.  In the case of the group consciousnesses you might decide “oh, this isn’t quite working out as planned” or one says “I’ve had enough of this, what about the rest of you? Do you mind if I withdraw?” And the others might say “We are doing OK, it won’t make much difference if you do go so we are quite happy with it and we’ll just amend our pre- planning to suit”.

You can just take the same scenario here. If you were having a holiday and somebody decided that they had to go home for some reason then you wouldn’t go back you would just carry on. The analogies are easily drawn.

Thank you. When we pass over and we meet our loved ones how will our relationship with them proceed?

When you first meet you will don the garments that you were used to in the physical so that everybody can thoroughly enjoy the reunion of souls although the ones meeting are of course aware that they are re-entering the drama, albeit in their own reality. But the rush of knowledge back as you recognise your own reality and if you could say that you can see through the mask as the other person tends to relax somewhat, you will see a flickering of other portrayals shall we say, and you will recognise them of course. That will bring back other memories and as these memories flood in from previous relationships then the earth relationships start to take a minor role and move from a major to a minor role you might say as all the other relationships come in.

As you recognise the relationships you have played together before, which in general you have as you tend to go into realities with certain like minds, the die-hards you might say, long standing friends, you recognise that you have a number of portrayals for each of you and you will then put on that which you feel most comfortable in, in that relationship with that particular consciousness group. You might have one relationship with what you might call your son and another relationship with what you might call your wife but the wife and the son might have a different relationship. Do you understand? You don’t then relate to each other so much as you did on the, let us say, last life because also you now have to take into account the effect of living several lives at once, each group consciousness. So as each puppeteer, let us say, is running one set of puppets, for your understanding, during the daytime, at night time he puts them down to sleep but because there is no need to sleep he turns round and operates another set of puppets.

You can imagine then that he has got to shift portrayals quite quickly if two puppets come over at the same time. So, it is a whole mix of relationships and you just end up being comfortable with one another. Generally there is no need for any kind of body, you might say, picture, portrayal, it is merely the connection of consciousness. In other words you might just as well say the actors know each other, the parts are immaterial, to make it easy. So you can say that although you acted in all these plays with all these different parts, with all these different people, when all is said and done, behind the scenes the actors know each other. But they know each other through knowing a connection, you don’t need to see the physical body or any kind of body, you only need to be aware of each other’s thoughts to assess the person, the feelings, the comfort, the coherence, the sharing of like attitudes and thought patterns etc. So, you just have to rest in the knowledge that when you first move over everything will be hunky dory, it’s oh at last we see each other again, thank goodness for that. Then gradually the masks get dropped, but you don’t lose anything from it, you find you gain all the way because you will actually realise that actually you did not lose anybody and you never will. So the feeling of comfort and security grows dramatically.

Were mediums part of the plan for physical reality?

Would you say that mediums arose due to a gestalt feeling the pain of a fellow gestalt which was fully immersed in the focus of physical reality and deciding to allay the grief of the instrument in the physical via another instrument thereby lessening the feeling in the fellow gestalt by letting the instruments into the secret that you will actually meet again? And so the door was opened a little and a chink of enlightenment was allowed to pour through.

Yes that sounds reasonable.

When it comes to the sort of knowledge that we are passing through do you feel that those who produce such films as Avatar, Star Trek, Ghost, Sixth Sense and many others of this nature are also trying in their own way to put across some form of hope to those who have lost.

Yes.

To spark a thought that perhaps, “I have seen the film but I also know a lady down the road who claims to talk to her husband all the time. I thought that perhaps she was off her rocker, you might say, but now, who knows. In all respects she is perfectly normal and reasonable and logical and quite matter-of –fact when she says, I can communicate. So with the evidence that comes in from various sources continually I can shrug off the cloak of despair as I realise they are waiting for me. They have gone, I am still here but I will meet them again”. What is this but the religion of belief?

Yes.

It is knowing that you are, shall we say, a spirit having a physical experience.

We have gone full circle once more in that if you can get this information out there the majority of people will be able to live their lives through a different prism.  Most people will eventually realise the sanctity of the individual gestalt that is operating through their neighbour. Do you understand?

I think so.

We are saying tolerance. Once you understand that your neighbour ……

Is another spirit operating a physical body.

Yes. And you are both, you might say, puppet masters and it is all make believe. You are all playing the part and that it is a game to experience and enjoy. It can be experienced in a friendly spirit, it doesn’t have to be carried out with animosity and in most cases, if you look around the world, people co-exist quite happily, help each other and are pleased when all are living a comfortable life. Very few set out with the intention of ensuring that others lead a miserable life, they set out with the intention of trying to lead a comfortable life for themselves. If that means by cooperating and making the environment conducive to enjoyment, the environment being their surroundings and their situation, being conducive to peaceful and enjoyable living then they will do so.

After all, all consciousnesses, when it comes down to the selection of ideas, are selecting the ideas that attract them and in most cases these are experiences that are going to be a source of pleasure. In other cases it will be a source of challenge or playing a part in the play where someone has to be the villain. Now if you understand that it is all imagination anyway then just like an actor you can be a jolly good villain. If you take a pantomime the children will all boo the baddie and love the goodie and yet you know full well as a parent that the actor playing the baddie is quite a nice old gentleman and when the pantomime is over and everybody gets together, then you have all had a jolly good time , haven’t you?

You can scale that pantomime up to a national feud, shall we say, but then stand back, look at the parties involved, see what is happening and see whether, when the feud is settled, it leads eventually to a more amicable environment for the next set of consciousnesses that wish to experience that particular area of activity.

This is, as far as you are concerned, a continuous soap opera and if you can step away from your lifetime-based conscious understanding and see it merely as, let us say, a holiday resort where you visit at regular intervals in order to enjoy what it has to offer, then expand that to many years and many lives in the same or different physical environments and you will find you are back to your Eastern understanding of the wheel of life, shall we say.

Quantum Entanglement, Non-Locality and Interconnected Consciousness.

All verify that you are eternally connected to those you love.

Rosenblum and Kuttner: “In principle…any two objects that have ever interacted are forever entangled.  The behaviour of one instantaneously influences the other.  An entanglement exists even if the interaction is through each of the objects having interacted with a third object.  In principle, our world has a universal connectedness.”

Sir Charles Sherrington  1857-1952 Neurologist, Nobel Prize winner, President of the Royal Society: ” How far is the one mind a collection of quasi-independent minds integrated physically in large measure by temporal concurrence of experience?

When quantum particles are entangled they cannot be described individually. They form a single quantum object even though they may be located far apart.

Is there any further information that you can give us that possibly we might not understand but somebody accessing the website might understand?

You will have realised from your own searches into the current theories and philosophies that are propounded at the present time and from your membership of the Scientific and Medical Network that the information we have provided so far is what you might call at the outer limits of conjecture as regards the general attachment to the notion of self. Even though we feel that the process as we have described it is quite readily understandable there is a reluctance on the part of most to, if you would like to say the word, “accept” that it is a question of even understanding the acceptance of the idea of decision making by majority after a lifetime’s believing wholeheartedly in the fact that you are singularly responsible for your thoughts and actions. Even though you may wonder where your thoughts come from you still believe that your actions derive solely from your own decisions; that you make your own minds up albeit influenced by others and by circumstance. Even so you believe that when it comes to the crux that the sole responsibility for a particular decision rests with yourself.

Now to have to give up that control and simply sit back and wait for the decision to come to you takes some understanding because you will still feel that “Ah, I think I’ll do this”.

What is happening? You are responding to what you might call the mass decision, the majority of the mass of consciousness that is, at that time, focused on, what you might call, your particular instrument or identity and its position in its surroundings. So it would be quite difficult for you to stand aside and see a decision made from taking an objective point of view because you are part of the decision making process. The nearest you can get to this particular position is feeling that you have to do something, that this decision to a certain degree is being forced upon me. “I’d rather not do it, but I simply have to do it because I can’t see that there is any other action I can possibly take”. You will blame that on various factors, relationships, circumstance and other strictures but you are unlikely to think to yourself “Well, it’s simply the fact that the majority want to do something else, they don’t see it the same way as I do’.

So you will still take them (decisions made) as your own because really the decision is your own in that you will go along with the thought even though you don’t wish to. Because what is the alternative? The alternative is to switch focus and to do that you will leave the present focus into the physical. Now, of course, you can take the attitude “Well, I’ll sleep on it and so I’ll make no decision and see how I feel in the morning”. Can you speculate yourself as to what might happen during the intervening hours when you are no longer focused into the physical as we previously told you? Would you care to give an opinion on that?

Interaction with other consciousnesses which could give you an answer.

Certainly change your opinion or show you alternatives but point out that “this is the best way” or simply, “we know that may be the best way but we are quite interested in trying this other avenue”. Yes?

Yes.

So your indecision may last for some time but if the overall life of the instrument still holds its attraction then you will stay with it. You will decide that it may be interesting to see what would happen if that course was followed. Normally I would do this but what would happen if I did that?

Yes.

So this is the tough part about taking you any further because in order for you to understand more you would need to understand the feeling of the intensity of thought and the flow of thought and you are really not in a position to do that. You have to be in the world of thought in order to do this, to be aware of all the thoughts that are out there. At the moment you are only aware of the thought as produced by the confluence of thought, shall we say, the thoughts that emerged to which there is a consensus agreement. You are not aware of the multitude of thoughts that goes into that. This is one difficulty.

Now when it comes down to other aspects, as you have seen various scenarios propounded, in the “simulation” hypothesis for example, what is imagination but a simulation?

Yes.

Except for the fact that the imagination is, shall we say, somewhat spontaneous. Spontaneous within prescribed parameters, a certain framework into which you have to operate, in that you can’t expect to operate as if you were at sea if you are on land. Different procedures may be necessary. So you could easily say that simulation could marry up with imagination and the same goes for virtual realities. It makes sense to imagine that somewhere you are wearing a virtual helmet, watching a virtual screen.  After all, what is it inside your head but a virtual screen? You have no idea. We may just as well say that what you are looking at is this, to make it easy for you, sea of moving waves, this 2 dimensional surround of “pixels” and wherever you look then what you see is the mass imagination, the majority imagination.

We are now moving into an area which is slightly different. We have touched upon this before when we were talking about a leader going along and as they do the imagining then you pick up on that imagining and accept it and go with it. See the large mountain on the right, yes, see the small mountain on the left, yes, and so you gradually set your environment up as you go along. We have said the same thing about the shoals of fish and the flocks of birds in that one sends a thought out, the others instantly get the thought and so instantly turn left, right or whatever.

Have you thought in terms of the fact that these flocks of birds or shoals of fish, in regards to gestalt consciousness, are all involved in the decision making? It is not just the leader saying “here’s a picture, go left, go right”, it’s the whole lot simply because of the speed, actually it is instantaneous but that is beyond your present comprehension. (The concepts of quantum entanglement and non-locality are the nearest equivalents to instantaneous communication). Everybody gets to say go left or go right and of course in the speed of things when it comes to say shoals of fish evading predators then that may be panic stations, resulting in left and right being yelled out all over the place. Whereas with flocks of birds do you notice the fact that the movement of flocks of birds is quite graceful. Now why would they do that do you think? The feeling of their movement against the air, would it be enjoyable?

I would imagine so.

If they were stopping and starting, dropping like a stone and having to start up again. You don’t see that do you? You see long graceful movements in the main. Maybe some turns. Pilots involved in acrobatic displays do the same thing, they do manoeuvres and loop the loops, rolls etc. but it all shows control and a certain pleasure in executing a manoeuvre as far as the birds are concerned and to a degree the fish when they are not being pursued may take pleasure in performing rhythmic movements much as you do when you are dancing or Tai Chi or whatever. But then you are entering into a mass agreement because the mass may decide in its imagination that it wishes to experience x, y and z. Once you think of the fact that even though we said before that there are different gestalts of consciousness, which indeed there are, doing their own thing, then due to the interconnectedness of consciousness there will be contact between all consciousness.

Just consider that all are aware of everything that is likely to happen (this would account for premonitions) because if they care to survey the “ocean of thought”, shall we say, much as you go to the internet and look at the world news, then you decide which interests you and which doesn’t interest you. When you are aware that an earthquake or hurricane or some other disaster is imminent, even say the plane or ship you intend to travel on or the turning you were going to take, you are aware of the likelihood of the outcome of taking said action and taking alternative actions because all probabilities are weighed and explored in one fashion or another. That doesn’t mean to say that all are experienced but one can certainly extrapolate them to their likely outcome and then you, your gestalt that is, can decide whether you wish to take the instrument into that particular environment with the knowledge that it may not come out of it or in other cases it definitely will not come out of it and that will be the exit that is planned. Although from your point of view this is seemingly against the run of reason, from another point of view, in that you may also be focusing through many of the gestalts that comprise your family and acquaintances etc., you will still be fully aware and fully focused into the physical but simply through different eyes. You actually don’t lose anything particular except a certain point of view from the one instrument no longer around, but you are still surrounded by the same environment and people except for the one. (Perhaps this is where the proposition arose that we are all one another )

Now if you had been focusing through all these, you obviously would not be aware of it, but you can easily see that losing the focus through one wouldn’t be a big deal. Would you agree?

Yes.

You may miss out on a few experiences but in general the experiences will still be yours to enjoy.

We have covered a small part of an area into which you can look further. Whether it will have any practical value to you other than theoretical projection it is up to you to decide because what you have learned so far has given you a certain amount of peace in knowing that there is no question that you will survive the end of the physical body but you understandably would like to know more about your own physical trials and tribulations prior to your intended departure and also as to when that is likely to be. Of course this is all purely looked at from the point of view of the focus into the physical, because in order to take on the viewpoint the individual consciousness focuses into the gestalt and then one has to simply go with the flow and accept what goes on and just live one day at a time. That has got to be the goal of all those who wish to relieve themselves of worry and anxiety about the future. Simply wake up in the morning and “what shall we fill today with?” Put on one side the fact that this may or may not happen.

Now David likes to be in control of the day-to-day and the future. What is the point of buying this plant if I am uncertain as to whether I will see it mature? But if he took a moment to think about it then he would still see it wouldn’t he? (This puts another meaning into “the futurity of present decision”).

As we have just said, through somebody else’s eyes or simply by just focusing in. So how do you feel about those back in Europe who planted vast estates with no likelihood, from the physical point of view, of ever seeing them to maturity? Did they somehow know or did the gestalt know, and of course it did, they would see the end result of their efforts even though they may not be seeing it through one particular instruments eyes. For those who seemingly plan for developments outside their projected lifescale you must think to yourself that the consciousnesses doing this are involved in creation that by nature of the physical takes longer than the human lifetime. So why not? Why should you limit yourself to a human lifetime when it is only a focus through an instrument?

Now, you sit back and think to yourself “well I’m going to focus through several sequential instruments”. Yes?

Yes.

Even though some of those may be alive at the same time. For example, you could be focused through several instruments, all of different ages, all in the same location and all aware of their environment. For you, your sequentiality of experience can be to you, provided you see it from that angle, basically unbroken. You can be looking at it through the eyes of the grandfather. The father is an adult as well, you can be looking through those eyes. The son is reaching adulthood as well and has memories of his childhood and so we go on. You don’t have to stay in the family line either.

You can be the tree.

You can even be the tree if you wish, yes.

If you are part of the person who is doing the planting and you wish to be part of the environment, you could give the instrument the idea of planting. It doesn’t matter whether it is for his lifetime because it is for your (planned) lifetime(s).

You make a good point in that it is possible that a group of trees may want to arrange themselves in a certain order. Now we could come back to another area of your previous mythology, you might say, that the god Pan is responsible for the flora.

I’m not aware of that, I don’t remember.

Let us look at gestalts which are not focused through physical eyes and are simply wishing to design the beautiful vista, shall we say. But in order to design that particular vista, yes, they can have it in the imagination like everything else but you all can work in different ways. You can draw or paint a vase or you can actually make a vase, two different experiences, different sensations and satisfactions. Painting a vase is more akin to an observer status but actually fashioning it and feeling the clay forming in your hands is being fully involved although you won’t be aware of the finished product until it is finished any more than you are until you make the final brushstroke on your painting. Different dimensional experiences, the virtual, the 2 dimensional and the 3 dimensional aspects of the actual vase.

If you wish to experience all three dimensions then you have to use different levels of involvement, different focuses and work with different numbers of participating consciousnesses according to the dimension you wish to create in.

So although you may be focused into a tree gestalt you may still need another gestalt, be it a human or an animal to plant these acorns, shall we say, so that in 150 years time say you have this wonderful avenue of oak trees. It is very unlikely that you would use a squirrel to bury these to the desired pattern so you would give the idea to an instrument that understands measurement. You can see that interaction and cooperation is necessary to co-create. One can never understand where the thought first arose. It is basically impossible to determine which consciousness produced the thought because that consciousness didn’t know where the thought came from either. How can you claim ownership when you are noticing thoughts all the time, from everywhere? How do you know whether your thought is original or not, you simply don’t. All get used to the idea in the end. It doesn’t matter where it came from, it looks interesting and I think I’ll follow it along because it looks like it could be an interesting experience.

This is one area worthy of further thought, trying to understand your own position in this web of interconnectedness and seeing the various avenues that are open to you.

You are getting to the edge now where you will need to experiment and have at least a mental experience of the maybe. We can use words and words and words but nothing in the end is going to substitute for your understanding through deduction and experience.

We suggest that you listen to this over again and see what major points you can take on board and we will revisit this at a later time.

Inter-dimensional Communication

Would you be able to inform us as to the process involved in communication between dimensions?

You can easily imagine for yourself the ability to communicate between various places and what you might refer to as dimensions. You will simply picture a group of humans in one reality or dimension, as you call it, speaking into some science fiction device and then you will create the conception of a group of “aliens” listening to such transmissions and communicating amongst themselves.

Now of course this can be extrapolated to multiple dimensions or even to an infinite number should you wish to speculate. But what is it that you are actually saying? You are merely saying that there is a possibility of communication between dissimilar species inhabiting different planets, galaxies, universes, shall we say, and there is the thought that information can be exchanged.

Now, you are aware of your physical reality and you have the belief that others inhabiting other realities are aware of their realities and yet as we have said before so many times, consciousness creates its realities and consciousness creates different realities. So what is the factor that is common to all these realities?

It is the consciousness that creates them.

So do you not think that consciousness can communicate with other consciousness and to continue with what we have laid out so many times “other gestalts”?

So we have this basic underlying consciousness which, for the purposes of explanation, we have set out as units of consciousness, units of awareness, watching the ideas floating by, focusing on one. Others focus on it as well until a sufficient consensus is formed about the idea that a level of intensity is reached whereupon the reality of the idea that is being focused upon is manifested. All those involved in the focus then experience that reality. Now it may be that the majority are needed to create the reality but even those who do not agree with the particular aspect of the particular idea that is being manifested can still experience it if they wish to stay with the program, shall we say.

So, yes, there is interdimensional communication but instead of thinking about it as from one reality to another think about it as going back to, what you have termed as “the source” which is the originating consciousness. Now you can look at that phrase “originating consciousness” as being singular or a multiple but of course if you have absorbed by now our previous information then you will understand that all communication is possible through the originating consciousnesses. Generally once you have come to considering communication between realities you realise that it is actually communication between the gestalt consciousnesses that are creating those realities. The awarenesses behind those gestalts can of course communicate with each other even though they are involved in separate gestalts. They do have, which you will agree with, the ability to think their thoughts and those thoughts are then able to be seen.

Have we answered the question to your satisfaction?

Yes, I think so. Thank you.

Now, there is another aspect.

You have the “intrusion” into your reality of such things you term as “unidentified flying objects” and various other inexplicable things as well. You may say that the consciousnesses involved in a certain reality are curious as to the existence of other realities, other dimensions, in much the same way as your own scientists are and those who we will term as “travellers in consciousness”. You have this suspicion that these other realities do indeed exist.

Now if you manage to discover certain parameters as you probe around these ideas and you connect with other gestalts you can see that in some instances there are realities which are almost a hybrid of two other realities, (as sometimes in dreams where you find yourself moving or flying in a gravity free seemingly physical reality) in other words a connecting bridge. You might also say that bridge has the ability to, let us say, “transform” the idea, the object, however you wish to focus upon this particular subject, into a form that can be fleetingly apparent or, let us say, holographically apparent in another reality, for perhaps a limited period of time. All you have to do when you want to envisage this is to think of a group of consciousness focusing on another reality that they suspect is there and they come across certain parameters that they feel may be endemic in this reality such as your looking into black holes and how they function, what happens in a black hole?

If you focus enough and you understand a little bit there is a possibility that your thought will be able to manifest in a certain manner in that other reality but you will probably be unaware of it. It is unlikely that you will be aware that you have appeared in that other reality (look at examples of bi- location where the subject is unaware of the appearance of their “doppelganger” in another location). This is much the same as in the talk that we had about accessing other attributes, other abilities from other lives that you are currently carrying on, experiencing. We have spoken before about the gestalt, let us say, that is wishing to experience several different lives at once and the data flow, the thought flow, the intention flow, the emotion flow between the “on the stage” focus and the “back of the theatre” focus (between the observer and the observed) in all those different lives and yet all the information flow comes back to the central gestalt and thereby to each awareness within that gestalt.

So as each emotion, event is perceived and experienced then it changes you a little which is the process of forever becoming. Let us call it the centre (and thereby each awareness focused into said centre, gestalt) is being changed by all the events in all the realities at the periphery. So a certain, say, traumatic event in one reality may colour your reaction to a similar event in another reality. You will not know why you take this particular attitude, but you do. There will be some aspects, as we have mentioned before with taste, for example, where you will try something and say “I don’t like that” and yet logic says “Why don’t I like that”?

Taste is a simple analogy but let us take emotions where you are mildly surprised at your reaction or lack of to certain information or events. You may feel that your reaction was not empathetic, rather callous and you wonder why, a little guiltily maybe. Well put that down to one of your, let us say, “bleed-throughs”. It could be that you experienced the same thing in another reality but at the same time, at the centre, the back of the theatre, you are fully aware that it is unreal. It is only the illusion of reality produced by the imagination. You may have had the shock of the initial experience, as we showed in our analogy of opening a door for example, and seeing the man rushing towards you firing a gun, you slam the door shut and then realise there are no bullet holes whereupon you tentatively open the door again and the same procedure is repeated. Open many doors and soon there will no longer be any effect.

So you could have this traumatic event in one reality, it will have an effect and yet you see it again in another reality and it does not have quite the effect. You won’t know why, “I should feel absolutely shocked at this, but these things happen.” Some part of you is saying “Don’t worry, it’s all just imagination, you don’t have to get upset about it.”

You have this interdimensional activity, you have the bleed-through from various lives, all information is available to all. Every endeavour is made to keep things separated so that the full experience, enjoyment and otherwise can be had in all the different focuses but inevitably some things slip through. A little bit of carelessness here, a little bit of “well it doesn’t matter any way” and sometimes as you have found with David you can actually seek and look for that particular talent, that singing voice, that style of speech as others look for how to play the violin like Yehudi Menuhin or how to paint like a great master. If you focus long and hard enough you will be able to tap in to that, as previously referred to, morphogenetic field and pick up the information but you have to have that total intent bordering on belief that it will happen and indeed it will.

You create your own reality.

Let us just comment on what is happening in physical reality today.

You will agree that it is full of uncertainty. Yes?

Yes.

What have we said before so many times? You come here for the uncertainty and the excitement. Now, the world has got faster, you might say. Everything seems to speed up as each decade passes by.  There is more activity, communication is quicker and consequently you are more aware of what is going on. You are far more aware of interconnectivity and interdependence and as each event occurs you are aware of the possibility of knock-on effects and so uncertainty increases by leaps and bounds. As fast as one thing happens in one place something else happens in another and it is almost impossible to follow any particular predetermined path leading to a probabilistic outcome. Near chaos is becoming the order of the day and rarely does anything settle.

On the other hand the reality has got its compensations in the sheer interest. You are never short of interest. Whenever you look at what is going on in the world there is something happening whereas 200 years ago things happened very slowly, communication was slow and therefore new decisions took time but now communication is fast and decisions are made quickly. So you can look at what is going on here and see that it has become a far more exciting playground and as we have said before you wonder why the human population is increasing rapidly and yet you look at the amount of activity in the human centric part of reality and you can see there is a lot of excitement in anticipating outcomes and deciding on your own way of navigating through the minefield.

Whereas in some other species lifestyle does not seemed to have changed in several thousand years. Many of those species are dying out. Is there a reason for this? Could it be that as a consciousness looking at physical reality which existence looks more interesting? Same thing applies here. This of course depends on your looking at that part of physical reality that involves, let us say, mobile creatures of which humans are a part. If you look at other areas of physical reality say the Earth itself, the trees, the oceans, those areas are in, you might say, another dimension almost. They are experiencing their own reality, they are not experiencing human reality and their reality appears to be relatively changeless in terms of our own timescale, the human timescale.

So you may wonder about the possibility of inter-dimensional activity between the oceans and the humans. (given that all are productions of consciousness). Is there any communication?

I wouldn’t know.

You have very few explorers in this area. One explorer was the Japanese researcher Masuru Emoto who studied the effect of emotions on water crystals. Would you consider that to be an example of inter-dimensional communication if you considered that water was inhabiting its own version of physical reality as humans inhabit their version?  (Remembering that we all create our own reality within the confines of a larger reality.) The thought of one influenced the activity, the creation, of another.

Yes.

So you have inter-dimensional communication. You are using the word “inter-dimensional”. Now what do you understand by dimension? Do you mean a different frequency, parameters, realities, you name it? It is something that you are not aware of and you are not aware of how the consciousnesses that manifest water, think. They are obviously aware of your thoughts but are humans aware of their thoughts?

Not that we know of.

The same has been found with plants, dogs and other living organisms. We are surprised to learn that these “species”, those inhabiting a different “perception’ of reality, shall we say, are able to pick up our thoughts and understand them. So why is it that we do not seem to pick up their thoughts? Or is it that there is so much to do in our own particular human-centric reality that we do not feel the need to communicate and simply block out the thoughts from others?

That is quite a possibility.

Maybe it needs our undivided attention to the rapidly changing panoply arrayed before us whereas say a molecule of water may describe its existence as same old, same old.

 (see Primary Perception: Biocommunication with Plants, Living Foods and Human Cells. Cleve Backster 2003

I know that you have already spoken about this but would you like to enlarge on the sense of being stared at?

Let us say we have been in the connected mode whilst cogitating on the term “quantum entanglement”. The thoughts going from, you might say, David to David. Yes?

Yes.

Then the answers are being accessed. Entanglement means connection, as simple as that. What have we said so many times before about universal interconnectedness? Everything is connected to everything else but what activates, let us say, the awareness? It is that connection being focused upon. If the connection isn’t focused upon there is no intensity. We will use the word intensity because it is an easy one to understand. As soon as you, through the physical eyes, look at another person you have activated the intensity on that link and so the intensity is felt. The person being stared at realises “somebody is contacting me”. We have used the word contact but they are aware that “there is an interest in me”. You understand that?

Yes.

Therefore they look around, just like any curious person, to find out who it is that is interested in me. On another level of course they know immediately. But, once more on another level, from stranger to stranger, would you answer?

Probably not.

No. Or the answer could be “yes, can I help you”. “oh no, not really , I am just sort of looking”. Now take that as being the conversation that goes on at the back of the theatre level, shall we say. Does that explain what happens?

Yes, thank you.

Imagine the perceived neural network, and the flashes of light going across it. You look at the person, the flash of light goes through the entanglement and the person notes the light. It is quite simple really. The same applies to the business of the dogs knowing when their owners are coming home. They keep the line open, you might say, waiting for the desired thought. It is all about interconnection. You have your social media. As above so below.

Once you let your mind run through the process of interconnection and the interaction that activates the recognition then it is quite simple really for you to think these things through for yourself. So you might say if you didn’t have any knowledge of the situation that David was able to think this thing through for himself, but of course there is always the little eureka moments coming in “Ah, I understand, this is what happens”.

Now, did you discover it for yourself or did somebody just give you a little helping hand?

Yes.

So the lesson is, if you wish to derive a lesson from this;  let your mind move in the silence, shall we say, and silence meaning the one- pointed focus upon the particular question that you are trying to find an answer to, excluding the other myriad thoughts that may intervene, and you will find your way through the labyrinth. If you do attempt this then just stay with it and gradually the resonance will pick up and you will tune in. All knowledge is available. Which is why, to repeat again, “Ask and it shall be given to you; Seek and ye shall find. You may work hard in your efforts to obtain it but sometimes it is better to just sit back and allow.